Remove non-address bits for longjmp resume breakpoint
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "probe.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "ax-gdb.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69
70 #include "format.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
81
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
84 {
85 EX_EVENT_THROW,
86 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
87 EX_EVENT_CATCH
88 };
89
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
103 void *),
104 void *);
105
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 enum bptype, char *,
115 char **);
116
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
121 int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
124
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
127
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
133
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
137
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
139 enum bptype,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
143
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 static. */
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
148 enum bptype,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
150
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
153 enum bptype type,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
155 int loc_enabled);
156
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
158
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
160 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
161 enum bptype bptype);
162
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
229
230 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
231 CORE_ADDR pc);
232
233 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
234 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
235 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
236
237 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
238
239 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
240 insert locations now. */
241 enum ugll_insert_mode
242 {
243 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
244 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
245 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
246 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
247 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
248 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
249 returns true on them.
250
251 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
252 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
253 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
254 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
255 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
256 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
257 the inferior. */
258 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
259
260 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
261 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
262 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
263
264 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
265 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
266 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
267 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
268 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
269 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
270 as no thread is running yet. */
271 UGLL_INSERT
272 };
273
274 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
275
276 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
277
278 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
279
280 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
281
282 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
283
284 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
285
286 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
287
288 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
289
290 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
291
292 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
293
294 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
295
296 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
297
298 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
299
300 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
301 otherwise. */
302
303 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
304
305 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
306 from. */
307 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
310 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
311 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
313
314 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
315 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
316
317 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
319
320 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
321 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
322
323 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
324 breakpoints. */
325 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
326
327 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
328 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
329
330 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
331 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
332
333 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
334 stepping. */
335
336 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
337 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
338
339 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
340 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
341 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
342 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
343 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
344 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
345
346 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
347 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
348 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
349 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
350 dprintf_style_gdb,
351 dprintf_style_call,
352 dprintf_style_agent,
353 NULL
354 };
355 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
356
357 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
358 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
359 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
360 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
361
362 static char *dprintf_function = "";
363
364 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
365 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
366 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
367 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
368 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
369 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
370 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
371
372 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
373
374 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
375 has disconnected. */
376 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
377
378 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
379 breakpoints share a single command list. */
380 struct counted_command_line
381 {
382 /* The reference count. */
383 int refc;
384
385 /* The command list. */
386 struct command_line *commands;
387 };
388
389 struct command_line *
390 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
391 {
392 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
393 }
394
395 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
396 current breakpoint. */
397
398 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
399
400 const char *
401 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
402 {
403 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
404 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
405 a breakpoint. */
406 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
407
408 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
409 }
410
411 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
412 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
413 if such is available. */
414 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
415
416 static void
417 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
418 struct cmd_list_element *c,
419 const char *value)
420 {
421 fprintf_filtered (file,
422 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
423 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
424 value);
425 }
426
427 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
428 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
429 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
430 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
431 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
432 static void
433 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c,
435 const char *value)
436 {
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
439 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
440 value);
441 }
442
443 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
444 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
445 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
446 use hardware breakpoints. */
447 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
448 static void
449 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
450 struct cmd_list_element *c,
451 const char *value)
452 {
453 fprintf_filtered (file,
454 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
455 value);
456 }
457
458 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
459 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
460 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
461 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
462 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
463 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
464 processing user input. */
465 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
466
467 static void
468 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
469 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
470 {
471 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
472 value);
473 }
474
475 /* See breakpoint.h. */
476
477 int
478 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
479 {
480 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
481 {
482 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
483 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
484 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
485 return 1;
486 }
487 else if (target_has_execution)
488 {
489 if (always_inserted_mode)
490 {
491 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
492 are stopped. */
493 return 1;
494 }
495
496 if (threads_are_executing ())
497 return 1;
498 }
499 return 0;
500 }
501
502 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
503
504 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
508 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
509 condition_evaluation_auto,
510 condition_evaluation_host,
511 condition_evaluation_target,
512 NULL
513 };
514
515 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
516 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
517
518 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
519 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
521
522 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
523 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
524 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
525 evaluation mode. */
526
527 static const char *
528 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
529 {
530 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
531 {
532 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
533 return condition_evaluation_target;
534 else
535 return condition_evaluation_host;
536 }
537 else
538 return mode;
539 }
540
541 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
542
543 static const char *
544 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
545 {
546 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
547 }
548
549 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
550 otherwise. */
551
552 static int
553 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
554 {
555 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
556
557 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
558 }
559
560 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
561
562 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
563 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
564
565 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
566 static int overlay_events_enabled;
567
568 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
569 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
570
571 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
573 current breakpoint. */
574
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
576
577 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
578 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
579 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
580 B = TMP)
581
582 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
583 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
584 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
585
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
587 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
588 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
589 BP_TMP++)
590
591 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
592 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
593 to where the loop should start from.
594 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
595 appropriate location to start with. */
596
597 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
598 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
599 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
600 BP_LOCP_START \
601 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
602 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
603 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
604
605 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
606
607 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
608 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
609 if (is_tracepoint (B))
610
611 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
612
613 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
614
615 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
616
617 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
618
619 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
620
621 static unsigned bp_location_count;
622
623 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
624 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
625 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
626 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
627 an address you need to read. */
628
629 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
630
631 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
632 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
633 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
634 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
635 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
636
637 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
638
639 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
640 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
641 by a target. */
642 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
643
644 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
645
646 static int breakpoint_count;
647
648 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
649 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
650 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
651 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
652 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
653
654 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
655
656 static int tracepoint_count;
657
658 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
659 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
660 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
661
662 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
663 static int
664 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
665 {
666 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
667 }
668
669 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
670
671 static void
672 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
673 {
674 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
675 breakpoint_count = num;
676 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
677 }
678
679 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
680 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
681 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
682
683 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
684 breakpoint made. */
685
686 void
687 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
688 {
689 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
690 }
691
692 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
693 breakpoint made. */
694
695 void
696 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
697 {
698 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
699 }
700
701 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
702
703 void
704 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
705 {
706 struct breakpoint *b;
707
708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
709 b->hit_count = 0;
710 }
711
712 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
713 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
714
715 static struct counted_command_line *
716 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
717 {
718 struct counted_command_line *result
719 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
720
721 result->refc = 1;
722 result->commands = commands;
723 return result;
724 }
725
726 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
727
728 static void
729 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
730 {
731 if (cmd)
732 ++cmd->refc;
733 }
734
735 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
736 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
737 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
738
739 static void
740 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
741 {
742 if (*cmdp)
743 {
744 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
745 {
746 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
747 xfree (*cmdp);
748 }
749 *cmdp = NULL;
750 }
751 }
752
753 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
754
755 static void
756 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
757 {
758 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
759 }
760
761 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
762 argument. */
763
764 static struct cleanup *
765 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
766 {
767 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
768 }
769
770 \f
771 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
772 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
773
774 struct breakpoint *
775 get_breakpoint (int num)
776 {
777 struct breakpoint *b;
778
779 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
780 if (b->number == num)
781 return b;
782
783 return NULL;
784 }
785
786 \f
787
788 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
789 evaluating conditions on its side. */
790
791 static void
792 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
793 {
794 struct bp_location *loc;
795
796 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
797 evaluating conditions and if the user has
798 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
799 side. */
800 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
801 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
802 return;
803
804 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
805 return;
806
807 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
808 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
809 }
810
811 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
812 evaluating conditions on its side. */
813
814 static void
815 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
816 {
817 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
818 evaluating conditions and if the user has
819 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
820 side. */
821 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
822 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
823
824 return;
825
826 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
827 return;
828
829 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
830 }
831
832 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
833 condition_evaluation_mode. */
834
835 static void
836 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
837 struct cmd_list_element *c)
838 {
839 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
840
841 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
842 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
843 {
844 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
845 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
846 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
847 return;
848 }
849
850 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
851 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
852
853 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
854 settings was "auto". */
855 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
856
857 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
858 if (new_mode != old_mode)
859 {
860 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
861 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
862 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
863
864 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
865 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
866 */
867
868 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
869 {
870 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
871 target. */
872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
873 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
874 }
875 else
876 {
877 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
878 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
879 target knows about. */
880 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
881 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
882 loc->needs_update = 1;
883 }
884
885 /* Do the update. */
886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
887 }
888
889 return;
890 }
891
892 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
893 what "auto" is translating to. */
894
895 static void
896 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
897 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
898 {
899 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
900 fprintf_filtered (file,
901 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
902 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
903 value,
904 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
905 else
906 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
907 value);
908 }
909
910 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
911 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
912 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
913
914 static int
915 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
916 {
917 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
918 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
919
920 if (a->address == b->address)
921 return 0;
922 else
923 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
924 }
925
926 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
927 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
928 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
929 return NULL. */
930
931 static struct bp_location **
932 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
933 {
934 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
935 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
936 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
937
938 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
939 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
940 dummy_loc.address = address;
941
942 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
943 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
944 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
945 bp_location_compare_addrs);
946
947 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
948 if (locp_found == NULL)
949 return NULL;
950
951 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
952 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
953 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
954 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
955 locp_found--;
956
957 return locp_found;
958 }
959
960 void
961 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
962 int from_tty)
963 {
964 xfree (b->cond_string);
965 b->cond_string = NULL;
966
967 if (is_watchpoint (b))
968 {
969 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
970
971 xfree (w->cond_exp);
972 w->cond_exp = NULL;
973 }
974 else
975 {
976 struct bp_location *loc;
977
978 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
979 {
980 xfree (loc->cond);
981 loc->cond = NULL;
982
983 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
984 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
985 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
986 }
987 }
988
989 if (*exp == 0)
990 {
991 if (from_tty)
992 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
993 }
994 else
995 {
996 const char *arg = exp;
997
998 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
999 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1000 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1001 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1002
1003 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1004 {
1005 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1006
1007 innermost_block = NULL;
1008 arg = exp;
1009 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1010 if (*arg)
1011 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1012 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1013 }
1014 else
1015 {
1016 struct bp_location *loc;
1017
1018 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1019 {
1020 arg = exp;
1021 loc->cond =
1022 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1023 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1024 if (*arg)
1025 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1026 }
1027 }
1028 }
1029 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1030
1031 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1032 }
1033
1034 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1035
1036 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1037 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1038 const char *text, const char *word)
1039 {
1040 const char *space;
1041
1042 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1043 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1044 if (*space == '\0')
1045 {
1046 int len;
1047 struct breakpoint *b;
1048 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1049
1050 if (text[0] == '$')
1051 {
1052 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1053 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1054 return NULL;
1055 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1056 }
1057
1058 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1059 len = strlen (text);
1060
1061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1062 {
1063 char number[50];
1064
1065 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1066
1067 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1068 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1069 }
1070
1071 return result;
1072 }
1073
1074 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1075 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1076 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1077 }
1078
1079 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1080
1081 static void
1082 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1083 {
1084 struct breakpoint *b;
1085 char *p;
1086 int bnum;
1087
1088 if (arg == 0)
1089 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1090
1091 p = arg;
1092 bnum = get_number (&p);
1093 if (bnum == 0)
1094 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1095
1096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1097 if (b->number == bnum)
1098 {
1099 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1100 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1101 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1102 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1103 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1104
1105 if (extlang != NULL)
1106 {
1107 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1108 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1109 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1110 }
1111 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1112
1113 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1114 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1115
1116 return;
1117 }
1118
1119 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1120 }
1121
1122 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1123 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1124 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1125
1126 static void
1127 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1128 {
1129 struct command_line *c;
1130
1131 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1132 {
1133 int i;
1134
1135 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1136 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1137 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1138
1139 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1140 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1141
1142 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1143 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1144 command directly. */
1145 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1146 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1147
1148 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1149 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1150 }
1151 }
1152
1153 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1154
1155 static int
1156 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1157 {
1158 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1159 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1160 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1161 }
1162
1163 int
1164 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1165 {
1166 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1167 }
1168
1169 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1170 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1171 found. */
1172
1173 static void
1174 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1175 struct command_line *commands)
1176 {
1177 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1178 {
1179 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1180 struct command_line *c;
1181 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1182
1183 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1184 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1185 ones might not. */
1186 t->step_count = 0;
1187
1188 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1189 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1190 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1191 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1192 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1193 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1194 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1195 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1196 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1197 tracepoint's context. */
1198 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1199 {
1200 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1201 {
1202 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1203 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1204 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1205 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1206 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1207 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1208
1209 if (while_stepping)
1210 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1211 "can be used only once"));
1212 else
1213 while_stepping = c;
1214 }
1215
1216 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1217 }
1218 if (while_stepping)
1219 {
1220 struct command_line *c2;
1221
1222 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1223 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1224 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1225 {
1226 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1227 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1228 }
1229 }
1230 }
1231 else
1232 {
1233 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1234 }
1235 }
1236
1237 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1238 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1239
1240 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1241 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1242 {
1243 struct breakpoint *b;
1244 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1245 struct bp_location *loc;
1246
1247 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1248 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1249 {
1250 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1251 if (loc->address == addr)
1252 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1253 }
1254
1255 return found;
1256 }
1257
1258 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1259 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1260
1261 void
1262 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1263 struct command_line *commands)
1264 {
1265 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1266
1267 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1268 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1269 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1270 }
1271
1272 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1273 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1274 commands. */
1275
1276 void
1277 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1278 {
1279 int old_silent = b->silent;
1280
1281 b->silent = silent;
1282 if (old_silent != silent)
1283 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1284 }
1285
1286 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1287 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1288
1289 void
1290 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1291 {
1292 int old_thread = b->thread;
1293
1294 b->thread = thread;
1295 if (old_thread != thread)
1296 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1297 }
1298
1299 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1300 breakpoint work for any task. */
1301
1302 void
1303 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1304 {
1305 int old_task = b->task;
1306
1307 b->task = task;
1308 if (old_task != task)
1309 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1310 }
1311
1312 void
1313 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1314 {
1315 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1316
1317 validate_actionline (line, b);
1318 }
1319
1320 /* A structure used to pass information through
1321 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1322
1323 struct commands_info
1324 {
1325 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1326 int from_tty;
1327
1328 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1329 char *arg;
1330
1331 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1332 already-parsed command. */
1333 struct command_line *control;
1334
1335 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1336 yet been read. */
1337 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1338 };
1339
1340 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1341 commands_command. */
1342
1343 static void
1344 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1345 {
1346 struct commands_info *info = data;
1347
1348 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1349 {
1350 struct command_line *l;
1351
1352 if (info->control != NULL)
1353 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1354 else
1355 {
1356 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1357 char *str;
1358
1359 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1360 "%s, one per line."),
1361 info->arg);
1362
1363 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1364
1365 l = read_command_lines (str,
1366 info->from_tty, 1,
1367 (is_tracepoint (b)
1368 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1369 b);
1370
1371 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1372 }
1373
1374 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1378 do anything. */
1379 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1380 {
1381 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1382 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1383 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1384 b->commands = info->cmd;
1385 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1386 }
1387 }
1388
1389 static void
1390 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1391 struct command_line *control)
1392 {
1393 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1394 struct commands_info info;
1395
1396 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1397 info.control = control;
1398 info.cmd = NULL;
1399 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1400 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1401 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1402
1403 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1404 {
1405 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1406 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1407 breakpoint_count);
1408 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1409 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1410 else
1411 {
1412 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1413 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1414 numbers will fail in this case. */
1415 arg = NULL;
1416 }
1417 }
1418 else
1419 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1420 our argument. */
1421 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1422
1423 if (arg != NULL)
1424 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1425
1426 info.arg = arg;
1427
1428 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1429
1430 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1431 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1432
1433 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1434 }
1435
1436 static void
1437 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1438 {
1439 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1440 }
1441
1442 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1443 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1444
1445 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1446 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1447 enum command_control_type
1448 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1449 {
1450 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1451 return simple_control;
1452 }
1453
1454 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1455
1456 static int
1457 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1458 {
1459 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1460 return 0;
1461 if (!bl->inserted)
1462 return 0;
1463 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1464 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1465 return 0;
1466 return 1;
1467 }
1468
1469 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1470 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1471 contents.
1472
1473 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1474 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1475 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1476
1477 static void
1478 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1479 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1480 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1481 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1482 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1483 {
1484 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1485 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1486 int bp_size = 0;
1487 int bptoffset = 0;
1488
1489 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1490 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1491 {
1492 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1493 return;
1494 }
1495
1496 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1497 we need to copy. */
1498 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1499 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1500
1501 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1502 {
1503 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1504 reading. */
1505 return;
1506 }
1507
1508 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1509 {
1510 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1511 reading. */
1512 return;
1513 }
1514
1515 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1516 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1517 {
1518 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1519 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1520 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1521 bp_addr = memaddr;
1522 }
1523
1524 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1525 {
1526 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1527 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1528 }
1529
1530 if (readbuf != NULL)
1531 {
1532 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1533 shadow_contents buffer. */
1534 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1535 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1536 + target_info->shadow_len));
1537
1538 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1539 shadow. */
1540 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1541 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1542 }
1543 else
1544 {
1545 const unsigned char *bp;
1546 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1547 int placed_size;
1548
1549 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1550 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1551 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1552
1553 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1554 address. */
1555 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1556
1557 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1558 breakpoint's INSN. */
1559 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1560 }
1561 }
1562
1563 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1564 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1565
1566 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1567 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1568 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1569
1570 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1571 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1572 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1574 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1575 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1576 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1577 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1578 and:
1579 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1580
1581 void
1582 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1583 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1584 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1585 {
1586 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1587 search. */
1588 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1589 size_t i;
1590
1591 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1592 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1593 report higher one. */
1594
1595 bc_l = 0;
1596 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1597 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1598 {
1599 struct bp_location *bl;
1600
1601 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1602 bl = bp_location[bc];
1603
1604 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1605 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1606 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1607 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608
1609 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1610 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1611 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612
1613 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 >= bl->address)
1615 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1616 <= memaddr))
1617 bc_l = bc;
1618 else
1619 bc_r = bc;
1620 }
1621
1622 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1623 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1624 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1625 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1626 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1627 B:
1628
1629 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630
1631 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1632 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1633 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1634 and L2. */
1635 while (bc_l > 0
1636 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1637 bc_l--;
1638
1639 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640
1641 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1642 {
1643 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1644 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1645 int bp_size = 0;
1646 int bptoffset = 0;
1647
1648 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1649 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1650 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1651 bl->owner->number);
1652
1653 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1654 content. */
1655
1656 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1657 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1658 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1659 break;
1660
1661 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1662 continue;
1663
1664 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1665 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1666 }
1667
1668 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1669 bp_location array. */
1670 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1671 {
1672 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1673
1674 if (bp_tgt != NULL)
1675 {
1676 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1677
1678 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1679 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1680 }
1681 }
1682 }
1683
1684 \f
1685
1686 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1687 breakpoint. */
1688
1689 int
1690 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1691 {
1692 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1693 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1694 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1695 }
1696
1697 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1698
1699 static int
1700 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1701 {
1702 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1703 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1704 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1705 }
1706
1707 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1708 software. */
1709
1710 int
1711 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1712 {
1713 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1714 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1715 }
1716
1717 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1718 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1719 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1720 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1721 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1722 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1723 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1724 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1725
1726 static int
1727 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1728 {
1729 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1730 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1731 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1732 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1733 }
1734
1735 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1736 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1737
1738 static void
1739 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1740 {
1741 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1742
1743 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1744 {
1745 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1746 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1747 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1748 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1749 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1750 }
1751 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1752 }
1753
1754 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1755 watchpoint W. */
1756
1757 static struct value *
1758 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1759 {
1760 struct value *bit_val;
1761
1762 if (val == NULL)
1763 return NULL;
1764
1765 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1766
1767 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1768 w->val_bitpos,
1769 w->val_bitsize,
1770 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1771 value_offset (val),
1772 val);
1773
1774 return bit_val;
1775 }
1776
1777 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1778 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1779 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1780 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1781 in b->loc->cond.
1782 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1783
1784 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1785 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1786 it.
1787
1788 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1789 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1790 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1791 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1792 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1793 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1794 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1795 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1796
1797 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1798 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1799 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1800 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1801 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1802 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1803 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1804 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1805 not changed.
1806
1807 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1808 hardware watchpoints:
1809
1810 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1811 called several times when GDB stops.
1812
1813 [linux]
1814 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1815 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1816 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1817 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1818 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1819 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1820 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1821 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1822 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1823 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1824 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1825
1826 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1827 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1828
1829 static void
1830 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1831 {
1832 int within_current_scope;
1833 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1834 int frame_saved;
1835
1836 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1837 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1838 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1839 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1840 return;
1841
1842 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1843 return;
1844
1845 frame_saved = 0;
1846
1847 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1848 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1849 within_current_scope = 1;
1850 else
1851 {
1852 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1853 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1854 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1855
1856 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1857 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1858 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1859 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1860 return;
1861
1862 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1863 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1864 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1865 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1866 selected frame. */
1867 frame_saved = 1;
1868 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1869
1870 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1871 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1872 if (within_current_scope)
1873 select_frame (fi);
1874 }
1875
1876 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1877 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1878 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1879 b->base.loc = NULL;
1880
1881 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1882 {
1883 const char *s;
1884
1885 if (b->exp)
1886 {
1887 xfree (b->exp);
1888 b->exp = NULL;
1889 }
1890 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1891 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1892 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1893 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1894 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1895 be completely different objects. */
1896 value_free (b->val);
1897 b->val = NULL;
1898 b->val_valid = 0;
1899
1900 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1901 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1902 locations (re)created below. */
1903 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1904 {
1905 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1906 {
1907 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1908 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1909 }
1910
1911 s = b->base.cond_string;
1912 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1913 }
1914 }
1915
1916 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1917 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1918 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1919 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1920 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1921 if (!target_has_execution)
1922 {
1923 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1924 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1925 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1926 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1927 {
1928 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1929 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1930 else
1931 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1932 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1933 }
1934 }
1935 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1936 {
1937 int pc = 0;
1938 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1939 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1940
1941 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1942
1943 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1944 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1945 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1946 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1947 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1948 watchpoints. */
1949 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1950 {
1951 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1952 {
1953 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1954 if (v != NULL)
1955 release_value (v);
1956 }
1957 b->val = v;
1958 b->val_valid = 1;
1959 }
1960
1961 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1962
1963 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1964 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1965 {
1966 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1967 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1968 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1969 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1970 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1971 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1972 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1973 {
1974 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1975
1976 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1977 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1978 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1979 if (v == result
1980 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1981 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1982 {
1983 CORE_ADDR addr;
1984 int type;
1985 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1986 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1987
1988 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1989 {
1990 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1991 sub-expression. */
1992 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1993 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1994 }
1995 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1996 {
1997 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1998 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1999 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2000 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
2001 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
2002 }
2003
2004 addr = value_address (v);
2005 if (bitsize != 0)
2006 {
2007 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2008 addr += bitpos / 8;
2009 }
2010
2011 type = hw_write;
2012 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2013 type = hw_read;
2014 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2015 type = hw_access;
2016
2017 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2018 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2019 ;
2020 *tmp = loc;
2021 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2022
2023 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2024 loc->address = addr;
2025
2026 if (bitsize != 0)
2027 {
2028 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2029 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2030 }
2031 else
2032 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2033
2034 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 }
2038
2039 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2040 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2041 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2042 is started. */
2043 if (reparse)
2044 {
2045 int reg_cnt;
2046 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2047 struct bp_location *bl;
2048
2049 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2050
2051 if (reg_cnt)
2052 {
2053 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2054 enum bptype type;
2055
2056 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2057 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2058 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2059
2060 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2061 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2062 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2063 this watchpoint in as well. */
2064
2065 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2066 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2067 hardware watchpoint type. */
2068 type = b->base.type;
2069 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2070 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2071
2072 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2073 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2074 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2075 through watch_command), so always account for it
2076 manually. */
2077
2078 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2079 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2080
2081 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2082 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2083
2084 target_resources_ok
2085 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2086 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2087 {
2088 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2089
2090 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2091 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2092 "hardware watchpoint."));
2093 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2094 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2095 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2096
2097 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2098 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2099 }
2100 else
2101 {
2102 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2103 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2104 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2105 nop. */
2106 b->base.type = type;
2107 }
2108 }
2109 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2110 {
2111 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2112 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2113 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2114 else
2115 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2116 "read/access watchpoint."));
2117 }
2118 else
2119 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2120
2121 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2122 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2123 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2124 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2125 }
2126
2127 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2128 {
2129 next = value_next (v);
2130 if (v != b->val)
2131 value_free (v);
2132 }
2133
2134 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2135 above left it without any location set up. But,
2136 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2137 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2138 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2139 {
2140 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2141 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2142 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2143 base->loc->address = -1;
2144 base->loc->length = -1;
2145 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2146 }
2147 }
2148 else if (!within_current_scope)
2149 {
2150 printf_filtered (_("\
2151 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2152 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2153 b->base.number);
2154 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2155 }
2156
2157 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2158 if (frame_saved)
2159 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2160 }
2161
2162
2163 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2164 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2165 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2166 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2167 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2168 static int
2169 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2170 {
2171 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2172 return 0;
2173
2174 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2175 return 0;
2176
2177 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2178 return 0;
2179
2180 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2181 return 0;
2182
2183 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2184 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2185 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2186 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2187 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2188 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2189 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2190 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2191 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2192 return 0;
2193
2194 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2195 location. */
2196 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2197 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2198 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2199 bl->address))
2200 {
2201 if (debug_infrun)
2202 {
2203 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2204 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2205 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2206 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2207 }
2208 return 0;
2209 }
2210
2211 return 1;
2212 }
2213
2214 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2215 that the location is not duplicated. */
2216
2217 static int
2218 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2219 {
2220 int result;
2221 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2222
2223 bl->duplicate = 0;
2224 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2225 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2226 return result;
2227 }
2228
2229 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2230 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2231 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2232 any error during parsing. */
2233
2234 static struct agent_expr *
2235 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2236 {
2237 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2238 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2239
2240 if (!cond)
2241 return NULL;
2242
2243 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2244 that may show up. */
2245 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2246 {
2247 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2248 }
2249
2250 if (ex.reason < 0)
2251 {
2252 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2253 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2254 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2255 return NULL;
2256 }
2257
2258 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2259 return aexpr;
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2263 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2264 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2265 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2266 one of them is true. */
2267
2268 static void
2269 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2270 {
2271 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2272 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2273 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2274 struct bp_location *loc;
2275
2276 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2277 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2278
2279 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2280 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2281 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2282 side. */
2283 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2284 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2285 return;
2286
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2293 {
2294 loc = (*loc2p);
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2296 {
2297 if (modified)
2298 {
2299 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2300
2301 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2306 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2307
2308 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2309 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2310 to the target. */
2311 if (aexpr)
2312 continue;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2317 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2318 {
2319 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2320 break;
2321 }
2322 }
2323 }
2324
2325 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2326 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2327 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2328
2329 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2330 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2331 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2332 {
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2334 {
2335 loc = (*loc2p);
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2337 {
2338 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2339 located. */
2340 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2341 return;
2342
2343 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2344 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2345 }
2346 }
2347 }
2348
2349 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2350 for this location's address. */
2351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2352 {
2353 loc = (*loc2p);
2354 if (loc->cond
2355 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2356 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2357 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2358 && loc->enabled)
2359 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2360 conditions to the target. */
2361 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2362 loc->cond_bytecode);
2363 }
2364
2365 return;
2366 }
2367
2368 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2369 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2370 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2371
2372 static struct agent_expr *
2373 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2374 {
2375 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2376 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2377 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2378 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2379 const char *cmdrest;
2380 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2381 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2382 int nargs;
2383 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2384
2385 if (!cmd)
2386 return NULL;
2387
2388 cmdrest = cmd;
2389
2390 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2391 ++cmdrest;
2392 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2393
2394 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2395 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2396
2397 format_start = cmdrest;
2398
2399 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2400
2401 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2402
2403 format_end = cmdrest;
2404
2405 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2406 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2407
2408 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2409
2410 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2411 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2412
2413 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2414 cmdrest++;
2415 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2416
2417 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2418
2419 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2420 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2421
2422 nargs = 0;
2423 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2424 {
2425 const char *cmd1;
2426
2427 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2428 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2429 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2430 cmdrest = cmd1;
2431 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2432 ++cmdrest;
2433 }
2434
2435 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2436 that may show up. */
2437 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2438 {
2439 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2440 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2441 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2442 }
2443
2444 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2445
2446 if (ex.reason < 0)
2447 {
2448 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2449 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2450 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2451 return NULL;
2452 }
2453
2454 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2455 return aexpr;
2456 }
2457
2458 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2459 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2460 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2461
2462 static void
2463 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2464 {
2465 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2466 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2467 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2468 struct bp_location *loc;
2469
2470 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2471 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2472
2473 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2474 return;
2475
2476 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2477 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2478 return;
2479
2480 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2481 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2482 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2483 control. */
2484 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2485 {
2486 loc = (*loc2p);
2487 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2488 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2489 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2490 return;
2491 }
2492
2493 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2494 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2495 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2496 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2497 response back to GDB. */
2498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2499 {
2500 loc = (*loc2p);
2501 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2502 {
2503 if (modified)
2504 {
2505 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2506
2507 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2508 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2509 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2510 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2511 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2512 loc->owner->extra_string);
2513 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2514
2515 if (!aexpr)
2516 continue;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2520 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2521 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2522 {
2523 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2524 break;
2525 }
2526 }
2527 }
2528
2529 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2530 and so clean up. */
2531 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2532 {
2533 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2534 {
2535 loc = (*loc2p);
2536 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2537 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2538 {
2539 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2540 located. */
2541 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2542 return;
2543
2544 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2545 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2546 }
2547 }
2548 }
2549
2550 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2551 for this location's address. */
2552 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2553 {
2554 loc = (*loc2p);
2555 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2556 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2557 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2558 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2559 && loc->enabled)
2560 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2561 to send the commands to the target. */
2562 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2563 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2564 }
2565
2566 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2567 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2568 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2569 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2570 }
2571
2572 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2573 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2574 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2575 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2576 -1 for failure.
2577
2578 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2579 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2580 static int
2581 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2582 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2583 int *disabled_breaks,
2584 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2585 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2586 {
2587 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2588 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2589 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2590
2591 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2592 return 0;
2593
2594 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2595 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2596 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2597 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2598 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2599 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2600 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2601 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2602 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2603 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2604 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2605 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2606
2607 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2608 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2609 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2610 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2611
2612 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2613 {
2614 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2615 build_target_command_list (bl);
2616 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2617 bl->needs_update = 0;
2618 }
2619
2620 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2621 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2622 {
2623 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2624 {
2625 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2626 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2627 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2628
2629 Two important cases are:
2630 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2631 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2632 hardware breakpoint.
2633 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2634 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2635 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2636 so we undo.
2637
2638 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2639 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2640 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2641 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2642 gdb. */
2643 struct mem_region *mr
2644 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2645
2646 if (mr)
2647 {
2648 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2649 {
2650 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2651
2652 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2653 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2654 else
2655 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2656
2657 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2658 {
2659 static int said = 0;
2660
2661 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2662 if (!said)
2663 {
2664 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2665 _("Note: automatically using "
2666 "hardware breakpoints for "
2667 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2668 said = 1;
2669 }
2670 }
2671 }
2672 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2673 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2674 {
2675 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2676 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2677 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2678 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2679 bl->owner->number,
2680 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2681 return 1;
2682 }
2683 }
2684 }
2685
2686 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2687 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2688 || bl->section == NULL
2689 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2690 {
2691 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2692 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2693 {
2694 int val;
2695
2696 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2697 if (val)
2698 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2699 }
2700 if (e.reason < 0)
2701 {
2702 bp_err = e.error;
2703 bp_err_message = e.message;
2704 }
2705 }
2706 else
2707 {
2708 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2709 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2710 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2711 {
2712 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2713 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2714 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2715 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2716 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2717 bl->owner->number);
2718 else
2719 {
2720 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2721 bl->section);
2722 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2723 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2724 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2725
2726 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2727 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2728 {
2729 int val;
2730
2731 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2732 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2733 if (val)
2734 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2735 }
2736 if (e.reason < 0)
2737 {
2738 bp_err = e.error;
2739 bp_err_message = e.message;
2740 }
2741
2742 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2743 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2744 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2745 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2746 bl->owner->number);
2747 }
2748 }
2749 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2750 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2751 {
2752 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2753 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2754 {
2755 int val;
2756
2757 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2758 if (val)
2759 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2760 }
2761 if (e.reason < 0)
2762 {
2763 bp_err = e.error;
2764 bp_err_message = e.message;
2765 }
2766 }
2767 else
2768 {
2769 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2770 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2771 return 0;
2772 }
2773 }
2774
2775 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2776 {
2777 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2778
2779 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2780 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2781 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2782 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2783 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2784 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2785 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2786 errors as memory errors. */
2787 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2788 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2789 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2790 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2791 bl->address)))
2792 {
2793 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2794 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2795 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2796 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2797 {
2798 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2799 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2800 bl->owner->number);
2801 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2802 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2803 "library breakpoints:\n");
2804 }
2805 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2807 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2808 return 0;
2809 }
2810 else
2811 {
2812 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2813 {
2814 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2815 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2816 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2817 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2818 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2819 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2820 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2821 }
2822 else
2823 {
2824 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2825 {
2826 char *message
2827 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2828 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2829 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2830
2831 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2832 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2833 "%s\n",
2834 bl->owner->number, message);
2835 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2836 }
2837 else
2838 {
2839 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2840 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2841 bl->owner->number,
2842 bp_err_message);
2843 }
2844 }
2845 return 1;
2846
2847 }
2848 }
2849 else
2850 bl->inserted = 1;
2851
2852 return 0;
2853 }
2854
2855 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2856 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2857 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2858 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2859 {
2860 int val;
2861
2862 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2863 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2864
2865 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2866
2867 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2868 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2869 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2870 {
2871 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2872
2873 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2874 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2875 of this one. */
2876 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2877 if (loc != bl
2878 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2879 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2880 {
2881 bl->duplicate = 1;
2882 bl->inserted = 1;
2883 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2884 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2885 val = 0;
2886 break;
2887 }
2888
2889 if (val == 1)
2890 {
2891 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2892 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2893
2894 if (val)
2895 /* Back to the original value. */
2896 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2897 }
2898 }
2899
2900 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2901 }
2902
2903 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2904 {
2905 int val;
2906
2907 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2908 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2909
2910 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2911 if (val)
2912 {
2913 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2914
2915 if (val == 1)
2916 warning (_("\
2917 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2918 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2919 else
2920 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2921 }
2922
2923 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2924
2925 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2926 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2927 so just return success. */
2928 return 0;
2929 }
2930
2931 return 0;
2932 }
2933
2934 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2935 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2936 PSPACE anymore. */
2937
2938 void
2939 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2940 {
2941 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2942 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2943
2944 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2946 {
2947 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2948 delete_breakpoint (b);
2949 }
2950
2951 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2952 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2953 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2954 {
2955 struct bp_location *tmp;
2956
2957 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2958 {
2959 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2960 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2961 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2962 else
2963 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2964 if (tmp->next == loc)
2965 {
2966 tmp->next = loc->next;
2967 break;
2968 }
2969 }
2970 }
2971
2972 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2973 removed locations above. */
2974 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2975 }
2976
2977 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2978 Throws exception on any error.
2979 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2980 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2981 void
2982 insert_breakpoints (void)
2983 {
2984 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2985
2986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2987 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2988 {
2989 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2990
2991 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2992 }
2993
2994 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2995 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2996 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2997 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2998 }
2999
3000 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3001
3002 void
3003 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3004 {
3005 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3006
3007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3008 {
3009 callback (loc, NULL);
3010 }
3011 }
3012
3013 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3014 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3015 always-inserted mode. */
3016
3017 static void
3018 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3019 {
3020 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3021 int error_flag = 0;
3022 int val = 0;
3023 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3024 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3025 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3026
3027 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3028 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3029
3030 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3031 there was an error. */
3032 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3033
3034 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3035
3036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3037 {
3038 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3039 breakpoints. */
3040 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3041 continue;
3042
3043 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3044 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3045 deletion of breakpoints. */
3046 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3047 continue;
3048
3049 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3050
3051 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3052 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3053 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3054 insert breakpoints. */
3055 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3056 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3057 continue;
3058
3059 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3060 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3061 if (val)
3062 error_flag = val;
3063 }
3064
3065 if (error_flag)
3066 {
3067 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3068 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3069 }
3070
3071 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3072 }
3073
3074 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3075
3076 static void
3077 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3078 {
3079 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3081 int error_flag = 0;
3082 int val = 0;
3083 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3084 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3085 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3086
3087 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3088 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3089
3090 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3091 there was an error. */
3092 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3093
3094 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3095
3096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3097 {
3098 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3099 continue;
3100
3101 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3102 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3103 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3104 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3105 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3106 continue;
3107
3108 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3109
3110 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3111 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3112 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3113 insert breakpoints. */
3114 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3115 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3116 continue;
3117
3118 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3119 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3120 if (val)
3121 error_flag = val;
3122 }
3123
3124 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3125 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3126 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3127 {
3128 int some_failed = 0;
3129 struct bp_location *loc;
3130
3131 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3132 continue;
3133
3134 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3135 continue;
3136
3137 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3138 continue;
3139
3140 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3141 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3142 {
3143 some_failed = 1;
3144 break;
3145 }
3146 if (some_failed)
3147 {
3148 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3149 if (loc->inserted)
3150 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3151
3152 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3153 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3154 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3155 bpt->number);
3156 error_flag = -1;
3157 }
3158 }
3159
3160 if (error_flag)
3161 {
3162 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3163 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3164 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3165 {
3166 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3167 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3168 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3169 }
3170 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3171 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3172 }
3173
3174 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3175 }
3176
3177 /* Used when the program stops.
3178 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3179 removing a breakpoint location. */
3180
3181 int
3182 remove_breakpoints (void)
3183 {
3184 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3185 int val = 0;
3186
3187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3188 {
3189 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3190 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3191 }
3192 return val;
3193 }
3194
3195 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3196 that thread. */
3197
3198 static void
3199 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3200 {
3201 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3202
3203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3204 {
3205 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3206 {
3207 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3208
3209 printf_filtered (_("\
3210 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3211 b->number, tp->num);
3212
3213 /* Hide it from the user. */
3214 b->number = 0;
3215 }
3216 }
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3220
3221 int
3222 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3223 {
3224 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3225 int val;
3226 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3227
3228 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3229 {
3230 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3231 continue;
3232
3233 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3234 continue;
3235
3236 if (bl->inserted)
3237 {
3238 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3239 if (val != 0)
3240 return val;
3241 }
3242 }
3243 return 0;
3244 }
3245
3246 int
3247 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3248 {
3249 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3250 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3251 int val;
3252 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3253 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3254 struct inferior *inf;
3255 struct thread_info *tp;
3256
3257 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3258 if (tp == NULL)
3259 return 1;
3260
3261 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3262 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3263
3264 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3265
3266 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3267 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3268
3269 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3270 {
3271 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3272 continue;
3273
3274 if (bl->inserted)
3275 {
3276 bl->inserted = 0;
3277 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3278 if (val != 0)
3279 {
3280 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3281 return val;
3282 }
3283 }
3284 }
3285 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3286 return 0;
3287 }
3288
3289 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3290
3291 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3292 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3293 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3294 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3295 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3296 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3297 static void
3298 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3299 {
3300 if (internal)
3301 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3302 else
3303 {
3304 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3305 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3306 }
3307 }
3308
3309 static struct breakpoint *
3310 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3311 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3312 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3313 {
3314 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3315 struct breakpoint *b;
3316
3317 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3318
3319 sal.pc = address;
3320 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3321 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3322
3323 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3324 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3325 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3326
3327 return b;
3328 }
3329
3330 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3331 {
3332 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3333 };
3334 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3335
3336 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3338 {
3339 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3340 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3341
3342 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3343 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3344
3345 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3346 int longjmp_searched;
3347
3348 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3349 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3350
3351 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3352 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3353
3354 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3355 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3356
3357 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3358 int exception_searched;
3359
3360 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3361 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3362 };
3363
3364 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3365
3366 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3367 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3368
3369 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3370
3371 static int
3372 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3373 {
3374 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3375 }
3376
3377 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3378 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3379
3380 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3381 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3382 {
3383 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3384
3385 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3386 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3387 {
3388 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3389 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3390
3391 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3392 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3393 }
3394 return bp_objfile_data;
3395 }
3396
3397 static void
3398 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3399 {
3400 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3401
3402 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3403 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3404 }
3405
3406 static void
3407 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3408 {
3409 struct objfile *objfile;
3410 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3411
3412 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3413 {
3414 struct breakpoint *b;
3415 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3416 CORE_ADDR addr;
3417
3418 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3419
3420 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3421 continue;
3422
3423 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3424 {
3425 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3426
3427 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3428 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3429 {
3430 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3431 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3432 continue;
3433 }
3434 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3435 }
3436
3437 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3438 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3439 bp_overlay_event,
3440 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3441 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3442
3443 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3444 {
3445 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3446 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3447 }
3448 else
3449 {
3450 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3451 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3452 }
3453 }
3454 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3455 }
3456
3457 static void
3458 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3459 {
3460 struct program_space *pspace;
3461 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3462
3463 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3464
3465 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3466 {
3467 struct objfile *objfile;
3468
3469 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3470
3471 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3472 {
3473 int i;
3474 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3475 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3476
3477 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3478
3479 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3480
3481 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3482 {
3483 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3484
3485 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3486 if (ret != NULL)
3487 {
3488 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3489 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3490
3491 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3492 {
3493 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3494 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3495 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3496 ret = NULL;
3497 }
3498 }
3499 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3500 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3501 }
3502
3503 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3504 {
3505 int i;
3506 struct probe *probe;
3507 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3508
3509 for (i = 0;
3510 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3511 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3512 i, probe);
3513 ++i)
3514 {
3515 struct breakpoint *b;
3516
3517 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3518 get_probe_address (probe,
3519 objfile),
3520 bp_longjmp_master,
3521 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3522 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3523 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3524 }
3525
3526 continue;
3527 }
3528
3529 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3530 continue;
3531
3532 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3533 {
3534 struct breakpoint *b;
3535 const char *func_name;
3536 CORE_ADDR addr;
3537
3538 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3539 continue;
3540
3541 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3542 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3543 {
3544 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3545
3546 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3547 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3548 {
3549 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3550 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3551 continue;
3552 }
3553 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3554 }
3555
3556 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3557 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3558 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3559 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3560 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3561 }
3562 }
3563 }
3564 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3565
3566 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3567 }
3568
3569 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3570 static void
3571 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3572 {
3573 struct program_space *pspace;
3574 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3575 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3576
3577 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3578
3579 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3580 {
3581 struct objfile *objfile;
3582 CORE_ADDR addr;
3583
3584 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3585
3586 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3587 {
3588 struct breakpoint *b;
3589 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3590
3591 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3592
3593 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3594 continue;
3595
3596 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3597 {
3598 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3599
3600 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3601 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3602 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3603 {
3604 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3605 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3606 continue;
3607 }
3608 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3609 }
3610
3611 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3612 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3613 bp_std_terminate_master,
3614 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3615 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3616 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3617 }
3618 }
3619
3620 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3621
3622 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3623 }
3624
3625 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3626
3627 static void
3628 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3629 {
3630 struct objfile *objfile;
3631 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3632
3633 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3634 {
3635 struct breakpoint *b;
3636 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3637 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3638 CORE_ADDR addr;
3639
3640 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3641
3642 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3643 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3644 {
3645 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3646
3647 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3648
3649 if (ret != NULL)
3650 {
3651 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3652 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3653
3654 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3655 {
3656 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3657 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3658 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3659 ret = NULL;
3660 }
3661 }
3662 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3663 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3664 }
3665
3666 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3667 {
3668 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3669 int i;
3670 struct probe *probe;
3671
3672 for (i = 0;
3673 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3674 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3675 i, probe);
3676 ++i)
3677 {
3678 struct breakpoint *b;
3679
3680 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3681 get_probe_address (probe,
3682 objfile),
3683 bp_exception_master,
3684 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3685 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3686 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3687 }
3688
3689 continue;
3690 }
3691
3692 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3693
3694 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3695 continue;
3696
3697 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3698
3699 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3700 {
3701 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3702
3703 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3704 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3705 {
3706 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3707 continue;
3708 }
3709
3710 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3711 }
3712
3713 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3714 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3715 &current_target);
3716 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3717 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3718 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3719 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3720 }
3721
3722 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3723 }
3724
3725 void
3726 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3727 {
3728 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3729 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3730
3731 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3732 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3733 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3734 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3735 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3736 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3737 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3738 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3740 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3741 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3742
3743 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3744 {
3745 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3746 continue;
3747
3748 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3749 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3750 {
3751 delete_breakpoint (b);
3752 continue;
3753 }
3754
3755 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3756 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3757 {
3758 delete_breakpoint (b);
3759 continue;
3760 }
3761
3762 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3763 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3764 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3765 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3766 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3767 {
3768 delete_breakpoint (b);
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3773 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3774 {
3775 delete_breakpoint (b);
3776 continue;
3777 }
3778
3779 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3780 after an exec. */
3781 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3782 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3783 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3784 {
3785 delete_breakpoint (b);
3786 continue;
3787 }
3788
3789 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3790 {
3791 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3792 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3793 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3794 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3795 continue;
3796 }
3797
3798 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3799 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3800 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3801 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3802 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3803 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3804
3805 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3806 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3807 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3808 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3809 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3810 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3811 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3812
3813 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3814 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3815 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3816 let finish_command delete it.
3817
3818 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3819 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3820 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3821 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3822 solib breakpoints.) */
3823
3824 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3825 {
3826 continue;
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3830 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3831 a.out. */
3832 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3833 {
3834 delete_breakpoint (b);
3835 continue;
3836 }
3837 }
3838 }
3839
3840 int
3841 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3842 {
3843 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3844 int val = 0;
3845 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3846 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3847
3848 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3849 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3850
3851 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3852 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3853 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3854 {
3855 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3856 continue;
3857
3858 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3859 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3860 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3861 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3862 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3863 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3864 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3865 continue;
3866
3867 if (bl->inserted)
3868 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3869 }
3870
3871 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3872 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3873
3874 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3875 return val;
3876 }
3877
3878 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3879 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3880 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3881 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3882 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3883
3884 static int
3885 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3886 {
3887 int val;
3888
3889 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3890 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3891
3892 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3893 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3894 return 0;
3895
3896 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3897 This should not ever happen. */
3898 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3899
3900 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3901 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3902 {
3903 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3904 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3905 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3906
3907 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3908 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3909 || bl->section == NULL
3910 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3911 {
3912 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3913
3914 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3915 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3916 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3917 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3918 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3919 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3920 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3921 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3922 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3923 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3924 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3925 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3926 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3927 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3928 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3929 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3930 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3931 they should always be removed. */
3932 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3933 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3934 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3935 val = 0;
3936 else
3937 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3938 }
3939 else
3940 {
3941 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3942 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3943 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3944 {
3945 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3946 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3947 */
3948 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3949 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3950 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3951 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3952 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3953 else
3954 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3955 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3956 }
3957 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3958 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3959 if (bl->inserted)
3960 {
3961 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3962 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3963 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3964 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3965
3966 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3967 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3968 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3969 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3970 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3971 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3972 else
3973 val = 0;
3974 }
3975 else
3976 {
3977 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3978 val = 0;
3979 }
3980 }
3981
3982 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3983 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3984 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3985 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3986 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3987 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3988 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3989 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3990 always-inserted mode. */
3991 if (val
3992 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3993 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3994 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3995 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3996 bl->address))))
3997 val = 0;
3998
3999 if (val)
4000 return val;
4001 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4002 }
4003 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4004 {
4005 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4006 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4007
4008 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4009 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4010
4011 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4012 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4013 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4014 bl->owner->number);
4015 }
4016 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4017 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4018 && !bl->duplicate)
4019 {
4020 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4021 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4022
4023 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4024 if (val)
4025 return val;
4026
4027 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4028 }
4029
4030 return 0;
4031 }
4032
4033 static int
4034 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4035 {
4036 int ret;
4037 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4038
4039 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4040 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4041
4042 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4043 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4044 return 0;
4045
4046 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4047 This should not ever happen. */
4048 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4049
4050 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4051
4052 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4053
4054 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4055
4056 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4057 return ret;
4058 }
4059
4060 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4061
4062 void
4063 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4064 {
4065 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4066
4067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4068 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4069 bl->inserted = 0;
4070 }
4071
4072 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4073 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4074
4075 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4076 between runs.
4077
4078 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4079 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4080 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4081
4082
4083
4084 void
4085 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4086 {
4087 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4088 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4089 int ix;
4090 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4091
4092 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4093 nothing to do. */
4094 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4095 return;
4096
4097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4098 {
4099 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4100 if (bl->pspace == pspace
4101 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4102 bl->inserted = 0;
4103 }
4104
4105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4106 {
4107 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4108 continue;
4109
4110 switch (b->type)
4111 {
4112 case bp_call_dummy:
4113 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4114
4115 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4116 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4117 rid of it. */
4118
4119 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4120
4121 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4122
4123 case bp_shlib_event:
4124
4125 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4126 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4127 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4128 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4129 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4130
4131 (gdb) file prog-linux
4132 (gdb) run # native linux target
4133 ...
4134 (gdb) kill
4135 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4136 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4137 */
4138
4139 case bp_step_resume:
4140
4141 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4142
4143 delete_breakpoint (b);
4144 break;
4145
4146 case bp_watchpoint:
4147 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4148 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4149 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4150 {
4151 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4152
4153 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4154 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4155 delete_breakpoint (b);
4156 else if (context == inf_starting)
4157 {
4158 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4159 insert_breakpoints. */
4160 if (w->val)
4161 value_free (w->val);
4162 w->val = NULL;
4163 w->val_valid = 0;
4164 }
4165 }
4166 break;
4167 default:
4168 break;
4169 }
4170 }
4171
4172 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4173 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4174 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4175 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4176 }
4177
4178 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4179 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4180 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4181 match, not program space. */
4182
4183 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4184 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4185 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4186 permanent breakpoint.
4187 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4188 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4189 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4190 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4191 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4192
4193 enum breakpoint_here
4194 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4195 {
4196 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4197 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4198
4199 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4200 {
4201 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4202 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4203 continue;
4204
4205 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4206 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4207 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4208 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4209 {
4210 if (overlay_debugging
4211 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4212 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4213 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4214 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4215 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4216 else
4217 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4218 }
4219 }
4220
4221 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4222 }
4223
4224 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4225
4226 int
4227 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4228 {
4229 struct bp_location *loc;
4230 int ix;
4231
4232 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4233 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4234 return 1;
4235
4236 return 0;
4237 }
4238
4239 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4240 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4241 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4242 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4243
4244 int
4245 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4246 CORE_ADDR pc)
4247 {
4248 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4249
4250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4251 {
4252 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4253 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4254 continue;
4255
4256 if (bl->inserted
4257 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4258 {
4259 if (overlay_debugging
4260 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4261 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4262 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4263 else
4264 return 1;
4265 }
4266 }
4267 return 0;
4268 }
4269
4270 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4271 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4272
4273 int
4274 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4275 {
4276 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4277 return 1;
4278
4279 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4280 return 1;
4281
4282 return 0;
4283 }
4284
4285 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4286 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4287
4288 static struct bp_location *
4289 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space *aspace,
4290 CORE_ADDR pc)
4291 {
4292 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4293
4294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4295 {
4296 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4297 continue;
4298
4299 if (bl->inserted
4300 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4301 aspace, pc))
4302 {
4303 if (overlay_debugging
4304 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4305 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4306 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4307 else
4308 return bl;
4309 }
4310 }
4311
4312 return NULL;
4313 }
4314
4315 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4316 inserted at PC. */
4317
4318 int
4319 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4320 CORE_ADDR pc)
4321 {
4322 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc) != NULL)
4323 return 1;
4324
4325 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4326 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4327 return 1;
4328
4329 return 0;
4330 }
4331
4332 int
4333 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4334 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4335 {
4336 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4337
4338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4339 {
4340 struct bp_location *loc;
4341
4342 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4343 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4344 continue;
4345
4346 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4347 continue;
4348
4349 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4350 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4351 {
4352 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4353
4354 /* Check for intersection. */
4355 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4356 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4357 if (l < h)
4358 return 1;
4359 }
4360 }
4361 return 0;
4362 }
4363
4364 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4365 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4366
4367 int
4368 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4369 ptid_t ptid)
4370 {
4371 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4372 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4373 int thread = -1;
4374 int task = 0;
4375
4376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4377 {
4378 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4379 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4380 continue;
4381
4382 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4383 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4384 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4385 continue;
4386
4387 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4388 continue;
4389
4390 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4391 {
4392 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4393 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4394 it is now time to do so. */
4395 if (thread == -1)
4396 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4397 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4398 continue;
4399 }
4400
4401 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4402 {
4403 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4404 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4405 it is now time to do so. */
4406 if (task == 0)
4407 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4408 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4409 continue;
4410 }
4411
4412 if (overlay_debugging
4413 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4414 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4415 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4416
4417 return 1;
4418 }
4419
4420 return 0;
4421 }
4422 \f
4423
4424 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4425 in breakpoint.h. */
4426
4427 int
4428 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4429 {
4430 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4431 }
4432
4433 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4434 'next' chain. */
4435
4436 static void
4437 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4438 {
4439 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4440 value_free (bs->old_val);
4441 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4442 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4443 xfree (bs);
4444 }
4445
4446 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4447 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4448
4449 void
4450 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4451 {
4452 bpstat p;
4453 bpstat q;
4454
4455 if (bsp == 0)
4456 return;
4457 p = *bsp;
4458 while (p != NULL)
4459 {
4460 q = p->next;
4461 bpstat_free (p);
4462 p = q;
4463 }
4464 *bsp = NULL;
4465 }
4466
4467 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4468 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4469
4470 bpstat
4471 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4472 {
4473 bpstat p = NULL;
4474 bpstat tmp;
4475 bpstat retval = NULL;
4476
4477 if (bs == NULL)
4478 return bs;
4479
4480 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4481 {
4482 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4483 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4484 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4485 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4486 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4487 {
4488 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4489 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4490 }
4491
4492 if (p == NULL)
4493 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4494 retval = tmp;
4495 else
4496 p->next = tmp;
4497 p = tmp;
4498 }
4499 p->next = NULL;
4500 return retval;
4501 }
4502
4503 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4504
4505 bpstat
4506 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4507 {
4508 if (bsp == NULL)
4509 return NULL;
4510
4511 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4512 {
4513 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4514 return bsp;
4515 }
4516 return NULL;
4517 }
4518
4519 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4520
4521 int
4522 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4523 {
4524 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4525 {
4526 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4527 {
4528 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4529 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4530 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4531 return 1;
4532 }
4533 else
4534 {
4535 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4536 sig))
4537 return 1;
4538 }
4539 }
4540
4541 return 0;
4542 }
4543
4544 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4545 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4546 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4547 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4548
4549 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4550 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4551 we set it.
4552 Return 1 otherwise. */
4553
4554 int
4555 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4556 {
4557 struct breakpoint *b;
4558
4559 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4560 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4561
4562 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4563 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4564 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4565 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4566 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4567 if (b == NULL)
4568 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4569
4570 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4571 return 1;
4572 }
4573
4574 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4575
4576 void
4577 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4578 {
4579 struct thread_info *tp;
4580 bpstat bs;
4581
4582 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4583 return;
4584
4585 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4586 if (tp == NULL)
4587 return;
4588
4589 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4590 {
4591 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4592
4593 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4594 {
4595 value_free (bs->old_val);
4596 bs->old_val = NULL;
4597 }
4598 }
4599 }
4600
4601 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4602
4603 static void
4604 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4605 {
4606 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4607 {
4608 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4609
4610 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4611 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4612 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4613 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4614 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4615 return;
4616 }
4617
4618 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4619 }
4620
4621 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4622 command. */
4623 static void
4624 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4625 {
4626 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4627 }
4628
4629 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4630 or its equivalent. */
4631
4632 static int
4633 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4634 {
4635 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4636 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4637 }
4638
4639 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4640 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4641 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4642 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4643
4644 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4645 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4646 bpstat of the current thread. */
4647
4648 static int
4649 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4650 {
4651 bpstat bs;
4652 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4653 int again = 0;
4654
4655 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4656 in bs->commands. */
4657 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4658 return 0;
4659
4660 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4661 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4662
4663 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4664
4665 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4666 bs = *bsp;
4667
4668 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4669 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4670 {
4671 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4672 struct command_line *cmd;
4673 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4674
4675 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4676
4677 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4678 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4679 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4680 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4681 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4682 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4683 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4684 the tree when we're done. */
4685 ccmd = bs->commands;
4686 bs->commands = NULL;
4687 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4688 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4689 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4690 {
4691 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4692 cmd = cmd->next;
4693 }
4694
4695 while (cmd != NULL)
4696 {
4697 execute_control_command (cmd);
4698
4699 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4700 break;
4701 else
4702 cmd = cmd->next;
4703 }
4704
4705 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4706 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4707
4708 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4709 {
4710 if (target_can_async_p ())
4711 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4712 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4713 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4714 ;
4715 else
4716 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4717 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4718 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4719 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4720 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4721 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4722 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4723 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4724 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4725 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4726 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4727 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4728 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4729 again = 1;
4730 break;
4731 }
4732 }
4733 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4734 return again;
4735 }
4736
4737 void
4738 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4739 {
4740 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4741
4742 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4743 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4744 && target_has_execution
4745 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4746 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4747 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4748 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4749 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4750 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4751 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4752 break;
4753
4754 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4755 }
4756
4757 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4758
4759 static void
4760 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4761 {
4762 if (val == NULL)
4763 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4764 else
4765 {
4766 struct value_print_options opts;
4767 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4768 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4769 }
4770 }
4771
4772 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4773 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4774 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4775 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4776 normal_stop(). */
4777
4778 static enum print_stop_action
4779 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4780 {
4781 switch (bs->print_it)
4782 {
4783 case print_it_noop:
4784 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4785 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4786 break;
4787
4788 case print_it_done:
4789 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4790 relevant messages. */
4791 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4792 break;
4793
4794 case print_it_normal:
4795 {
4796 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4797
4798 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4799 which has since been deleted. */
4800 if (b == NULL)
4801 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4802
4803 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4804 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4805 }
4806 break;
4807
4808 default:
4809 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4810 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4811 break;
4812 }
4813 }
4814
4815 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4816
4817 static void
4818 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4819 {
4820 int any_deleted
4821 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4822 int any_added
4823 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4824
4825 if (!is_catchpoint)
4826 {
4827 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4828 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4829 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4830 else
4831 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4832 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4833 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4834 }
4835
4836 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4837 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4838 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4839
4840 if (any_deleted)
4841 {
4842 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4843 char *name;
4844 int ix;
4845
4846 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4847 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4848 "removed");
4849 for (ix = 0;
4850 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4851 ix, name);
4852 ++ix)
4853 {
4854 if (ix > 0)
4855 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4856 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4857 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4858 }
4859
4860 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4861 }
4862
4863 if (any_added)
4864 {
4865 struct so_list *iter;
4866 int ix;
4867 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4868
4869 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4870 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4871 "added");
4872 for (ix = 0;
4873 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4874 ix, iter);
4875 ++ix)
4876 {
4877 if (ix > 0)
4878 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4879 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4880 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4881 }
4882
4883 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4884 }
4885 }
4886
4887 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4888 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4889 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4890 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4891 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4892 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4893 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4894 routine is one of:
4895
4896 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4897 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4898 code to print the location. An example is
4899 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4900 the location.
4901 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4902 to also print the location part of the message.
4903 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4904 don't require a location appended to the end.
4905 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4906 further info to be printed. */
4907
4908 enum print_stop_action
4909 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4910 {
4911 int val;
4912
4913 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4914 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4915 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4916 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4917 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4918 {
4919 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4920 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4921 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4922 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4923 return val;
4924 }
4925
4926 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4927 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4928 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4929 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4930 {
4931 print_solib_event (0);
4932 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4933 }
4934
4935 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4936 with and nothing was printed. */
4937 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4938 }
4939
4940 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4941 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4942 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4943 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4944 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4945 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4946
4947 static int
4948 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4949 {
4950 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4951 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4952
4953 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4954 return i;
4955 }
4956
4957 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4958
4959 static bpstat
4960 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4961 {
4962 bpstat bs;
4963
4964 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4965 bs->next = NULL;
4966 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4967 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4968 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4969 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4970 incref_bp_location (bl);
4971 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4972 bs->commands = NULL;
4973 bs->old_val = NULL;
4974 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4975 return bs;
4976 }
4977 \f
4978 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4979 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4980
4981 int
4982 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4983 {
4984 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4985 CORE_ADDR addr;
4986 struct breakpoint *b;
4987
4988 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4989 {
4990 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4991 as not triggered. */
4992 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4993 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4994 {
4995 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4996
4997 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4998 }
4999
5000 return 0;
5001 }
5002
5003 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
5004 {
5005 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5006 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5007 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5008 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5009 {
5010 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5011
5012 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
5013 }
5014
5015 return 1;
5016 }
5017
5018 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5019 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5020 triggered. */
5021
5022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5023 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5024 {
5025 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5026 struct bp_location *loc;
5027
5028 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5030 {
5031 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
5032 {
5033 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
5034 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
5035
5036 if (newaddr == start)
5037 {
5038 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5039 break;
5040 }
5041 }
5042 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5043 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
5044 addr, loc->address,
5045 loc->length))
5046 {
5047 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5048 break;
5049 }
5050 }
5051 }
5052
5053 return 1;
5054 }
5055
5056 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5057 because of check_errors). */
5058 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5059 #define WP_DELETED 1
5060 /* The value has changed. */
5061 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5062 /* The value has not changed. */
5063 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5064 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5065 #define WP_IGNORE 4
5066
5067 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5068 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5069
5070 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5071 changed.
5072
5073 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5074 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5075
5076 static int
5077 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5078 {
5079 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5080 struct watchpoint *b;
5081 struct frame_info *fr;
5082 int within_current_scope;
5083
5084 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5085 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5086 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5087
5088 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5089 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5090 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5091 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5092 return WP_IGNORE;
5093
5094 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5095 within_current_scope = 1;
5096 else
5097 {
5098 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5099 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5100 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5101
5102 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5103 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5104 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5105 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5106 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5107 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5108 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5109 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5110 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5111 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5112 return WP_IGNORE;
5113
5114 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5115 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5116
5117 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5118 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5119 if (within_current_scope)
5120 {
5121 struct symbol *function;
5122
5123 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5124 if (function == NULL
5125 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5126 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5127 within_current_scope = 0;
5128 }
5129
5130 if (within_current_scope)
5131 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5132 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5133 the user. */
5134 select_frame (fr);
5135 }
5136
5137 if (within_current_scope)
5138 {
5139 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5140 time before we return to the command level and call
5141 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5142 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5143
5144 int pc = 0;
5145 struct value *mark;
5146 struct value *new_val;
5147
5148 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5149 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5150 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5151 a mask watchpoint. */
5152 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5153
5154 mark = value_mark ();
5155 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5156
5157 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5158 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5159
5160 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5161 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5162 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5163 not what we want. */
5164 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5165 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5166 {
5167 if (new_val != NULL)
5168 {
5169 release_value (new_val);
5170 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5171 }
5172 bs->old_val = b->val;
5173 b->val = new_val;
5174 b->val_valid = 1;
5175 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5176 }
5177 else
5178 {
5179 /* Nothing changed. */
5180 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5181 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5182 }
5183 }
5184 else
5185 {
5186 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5187
5188 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5189 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5190 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5191 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5192 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5193 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5194 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5195 the first value assigned). */
5196 /* We print all the stop information in
5197 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5198 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5199 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5200 here. */
5201 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5202 ui_out_field_string
5203 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5204 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5205 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5206 ui_out_text (uiout,
5207 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5208 which its expression is valid.\n");
5209
5210 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5211 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5212 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5213
5214 return WP_DELETED;
5215 }
5216 }
5217
5218 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5219 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5220 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5221
5222 static int
5223 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5224 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5225 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5226 {
5227 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5228
5229 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5230 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5231
5232 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5233 }
5234
5235 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5236 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5237
5238 static void
5239 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5240 {
5241 const struct bp_location *bl;
5242 struct watchpoint *b;
5243
5244 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5245 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5246 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5247 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5248 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5249
5250 {
5251 int must_check_value = 0;
5252
5253 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5254 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5255 watched value. */
5256 must_check_value = 1;
5257 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5258 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5259 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5260 this watchpoint. */
5261 must_check_value = 1;
5262 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5263 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5264 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5265 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5266 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5267 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5268 must_check_value = 1;
5269
5270 if (must_check_value)
5271 {
5272 char *message
5273 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5274 b->base.number);
5275 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5276 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5277 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5278 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5279 switch (e)
5280 {
5281 case WP_DELETED:
5282 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5283 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5284 /* Stop. */
5285 break;
5286 case WP_IGNORE:
5287 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5288 bs->stop = 0;
5289 break;
5290 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5291 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5292 {
5293 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5294
5295 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5296 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5297 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5298 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5299 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5300 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5301 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5302 old value.
5303
5304 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5305 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5306 happen:
5307
5308 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5309 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5310 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5311 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5312
5313 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5314 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5315 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5316 watchpoint.
5317
5318 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5319 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5320 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5321 changes. This still gives false positives when
5322 the program writes the same value to memory as
5323 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5324 it for a read), but it's much better than
5325 nothing. */
5326
5327 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5328
5329 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5330 {
5331 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5332
5333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5334 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5335 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5336 {
5337 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5338 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5339
5340 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5341 == watch_triggered_yes)
5342 {
5343 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5344 break;
5345 }
5346 }
5347 }
5348
5349 if (other_write_watchpoint
5350 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5351 {
5352 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5353 and the value changed since the last time we
5354 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5355 Ignore it. */
5356 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5357 bs->stop = 0;
5358 }
5359 }
5360 break;
5361 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5362 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5363 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5364 {
5365 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5366 the value hasn't changed. */
5367 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5368 bs->stop = 0;
5369 }
5370 /* Stop. */
5371 break;
5372 default:
5373 /* Can't happen. */
5374 case 0:
5375 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5376 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5377 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5378 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5379 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5380 break;
5381 }
5382 }
5383 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5384 {
5385 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5386 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5387 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5388 anything for this watchpoint. */
5389 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5390 bs->stop = 0;
5391 }
5392 }
5393 }
5394
5395 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5396 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5397 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5398 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5399
5400 static void
5401 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5402 {
5403 const struct bp_location *bl;
5404 struct breakpoint *b;
5405 int value_is_zero = 0;
5406 struct expression *cond;
5407
5408 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5409
5410 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5411 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5412 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5413 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5414 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5415
5416 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5417 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5418 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5419
5420 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5421 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5422 {
5423 bs->stop = 0;
5424 return;
5425 }
5426
5427 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5428 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5429 thread/task. */
5430 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5431 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5432
5433 {
5434 bs->stop = 0;
5435 return;
5436 }
5437
5438 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5439 implemented. */
5440 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5441
5442 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5443 {
5444 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5445
5446 cond = w->cond_exp;
5447 }
5448 else
5449 cond = bl->cond;
5450
5451 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5452 {
5453 int within_current_scope = 1;
5454 struct watchpoint * w;
5455
5456 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5457 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5458 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5459 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5460 function call. */
5461 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5462
5463 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5464 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5465 else
5466 w = NULL;
5467
5468 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5469 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5470 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5471 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5472 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5473 call site. */
5474 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5475 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5476 else
5477 {
5478 struct frame_info *frame;
5479
5480 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5481 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5482 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5483 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5484 really matter which instantiation of the function
5485 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5486 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5487 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5488 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5489 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5490 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5491 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5492 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5493 intuitive. */
5494 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5495 if (frame != NULL)
5496 select_frame (frame);
5497 else
5498 within_current_scope = 0;
5499 }
5500 if (within_current_scope)
5501 value_is_zero
5502 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5503 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5504 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5505 else
5506 {
5507 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5508 "in the current scope"));
5509 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5510 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5511 value_is_zero = 0;
5512 }
5513 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5514 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5515 }
5516
5517 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5518 {
5519 bs->stop = 0;
5520 }
5521 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5522 {
5523 b->ignore_count--;
5524 bs->stop = 0;
5525 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5526 ++(b->hit_count);
5527 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5528 }
5529 }
5530
5531
5532 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5533 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5534
5535 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5536 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5537 that:
5538
5539 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5540
5541 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5542
5543 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5544 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5545 several reasons concurrently.)
5546
5547 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5548 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5549
5550 bpstat
5551 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5552 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5553 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5554 {
5555 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5556 struct bp_location *bl;
5557 struct bp_location *loc;
5558 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5559 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5560 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5561 bpstat bs;
5562 int ix;
5563 int need_remove_insert;
5564 int removed_any;
5565
5566 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5567 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5568 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5569 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5570 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5571 inferior function calls. */
5572
5573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5574 {
5575 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5576 continue;
5577
5578 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5579 {
5580 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5581 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5582 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5583 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5584 checked all locations already. */
5585 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5586 break;
5587
5588 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5589 continue;
5590
5591 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5592 continue;
5593
5594 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5595 matches. */
5596
5597 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5598 explain stop. */
5599
5600 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5601 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5602 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5603 bs->stop = 1;
5604 bs->print = 1;
5605
5606 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5607 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5608 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5609 iteration. */
5610 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5611 {
5612 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5613
5614 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5615 }
5616 }
5617 }
5618
5619 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5620 {
5621 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5622 {
5623 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5624 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5625 bs->stop = 0;
5626 bs->print = 0;
5627 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5628 }
5629 }
5630
5631 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5632 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5633 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5634 "catch unload". */
5635 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5636 {
5637 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5638 {
5639 handle_solib_event ();
5640 break;
5641 }
5642 }
5643
5644 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5645 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5646 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5647
5648 removed_any = 0;
5649
5650 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5651 {
5652 if (!bs->stop)
5653 continue;
5654
5655 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5656 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5657 if (bs->stop)
5658 {
5659 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5660
5661 if (bs->stop)
5662 {
5663 ++(b->hit_count);
5664 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5665
5666 /* We will stop here. */
5667 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5668 {
5669 --(b->enable_count);
5670 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5671 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5672 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5673 removed_any = 1;
5674 }
5675 if (b->silent)
5676 bs->print = 0;
5677 bs->commands = b->commands;
5678 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5679 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5680 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5681 bs->print = 0;
5682
5683 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5684 }
5685
5686 }
5687
5688 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5689 print. */
5690 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5691 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5692 }
5693
5694 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5695 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5696 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5697 done later. */
5698 need_remove_insert = 0;
5699 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5700 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5701 if (!bs->stop
5702 && bs->breakpoint_at
5703 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5704 {
5705 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5706
5707 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5708 need_remove_insert = 1;
5709 }
5710
5711 if (need_remove_insert)
5712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5713 else if (removed_any)
5714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5715
5716 return bs_head;
5717 }
5718
5719 static void
5720 handle_jit_event (void)
5721 {
5722 struct frame_info *frame;
5723 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5724
5725 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5726 breakpoint_re_set. */
5727 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5728
5729 frame = get_current_frame ();
5730 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5731
5732 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5733
5734 target_terminal_inferior ();
5735 }
5736
5737 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5738
5739 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5740
5741 struct bpstat_what
5742 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5743 {
5744 struct bpstat_what retval;
5745 int jit_event = 0;
5746 bpstat bs;
5747
5748 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5749 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5750 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5751
5752 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5753 {
5754 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5755 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5756 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5757 enum bptype bptype;
5758
5759 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5760 {
5761 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5762 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5763 bptype = bp_none;
5764 }
5765 else
5766 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5767
5768 switch (bptype)
5769 {
5770 case bp_none:
5771 break;
5772 case bp_breakpoint:
5773 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5774 case bp_until:
5775 case bp_finish:
5776 case bp_shlib_event:
5777 if (bs->stop)
5778 {
5779 if (bs->print)
5780 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5781 else
5782 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5783 }
5784 else
5785 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5786 break;
5787 case bp_watchpoint:
5788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5789 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5790 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5791 if (bs->stop)
5792 {
5793 if (bs->print)
5794 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5795 else
5796 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5797 }
5798 else
5799 {
5800 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5801 This requires no further action. */
5802 }
5803 break;
5804 case bp_longjmp:
5805 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5806 case bp_exception:
5807 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5808 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5809 break;
5810 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5811 case bp_exception_resume:
5812 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5813 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5814 break;
5815 case bp_step_resume:
5816 if (bs->stop)
5817 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5818 else
5819 {
5820 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5821 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5822 }
5823 break;
5824 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5825 if (bs->stop)
5826 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5827 else
5828 {
5829 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5830 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5831 }
5832 break;
5833 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5834 case bp_thread_event:
5835 case bp_overlay_event:
5836 case bp_longjmp_master:
5837 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5838 case bp_exception_master:
5839 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5840 break;
5841 case bp_catchpoint:
5842 if (bs->stop)
5843 {
5844 if (bs->print)
5845 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5846 else
5847 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5848 }
5849 else
5850 {
5851 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5852 This requires no further action. */
5853 }
5854 break;
5855 case bp_jit_event:
5856 jit_event = 1;
5857 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5858 break;
5859 case bp_call_dummy:
5860 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5861 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5862 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5863 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5864 break;
5865 case bp_std_terminate:
5866 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5867 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5868 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5869 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5870 break;
5871 case bp_tracepoint:
5872 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5873 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5874 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5875 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5876 out already. */
5877 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5878 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5879 break;
5880 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5881 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5882 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5883 break;
5884 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5885 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5886 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5887 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5888 break;
5889
5890 case bp_dprintf:
5891 if (bs->stop)
5892 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5893 else
5894 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5895 break;
5896
5897 default:
5898 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5899 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5900 }
5901
5902 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5903 }
5904
5905 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5906 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5907
5908 if (jit_event)
5909 {
5910 if (debug_infrun)
5911 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5912
5913 handle_jit_event ();
5914 }
5915
5916 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5917 {
5918 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5919
5920 if (b == NULL)
5921 continue;
5922 switch (b->type)
5923 {
5924 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5925 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5926 break;
5927 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5928 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5929 break;
5930 }
5931 }
5932
5933 return retval;
5934 }
5935
5936 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5937 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5938 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5939
5940 int
5941 bpstat_should_step (void)
5942 {
5943 struct breakpoint *b;
5944
5945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5946 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5947 return 1;
5948 return 0;
5949 }
5950
5951 int
5952 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5953 {
5954 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5955 if (bs->stop)
5956 return 1;
5957
5958 return 0;
5959 }
5960
5961 \f
5962
5963 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5964 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5965 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5966
5967 static char *
5968 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5969 {
5970 static char wrap_indent[80];
5971 int i, total_width, width, align;
5972 char *text;
5973
5974 total_width = 0;
5975 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5976 {
5977 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5978 {
5979 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5980 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5981 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5982
5983 return wrap_indent;
5984 }
5985
5986 total_width += width + 1;
5987 }
5988
5989 return NULL;
5990 }
5991
5992 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5993 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5994
5995 "host": Host evals condition.
5996 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5997 "target": Target evals condition.
5998 */
5999
6000 static const char *
6001 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
6002 {
6003 struct bp_location *bl;
6004 char host_evals = 0;
6005 char target_evals = 0;
6006
6007 if (!b)
6008 return NULL;
6009
6010 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
6011 return NULL;
6012
6013 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6014 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6015 return condition_evaluation_host;
6016
6017 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6018 {
6019 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6020 target_evals++;
6021 else
6022 host_evals++;
6023 }
6024
6025 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6026 return condition_evaluation_both;
6027 else if (target_evals)
6028 return condition_evaluation_target;
6029 else
6030 return condition_evaluation_host;
6031 }
6032
6033 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6034 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6035
6036 static const char *
6037 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6038 {
6039 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6040 return NULL;
6041
6042 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6043 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6044 return condition_evaluation_host;
6045
6046 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6047 return condition_evaluation_target;
6048 else
6049 return condition_evaluation_host;
6050 }
6051
6052 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6053
6054 static void
6055 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6056 struct bp_location *loc)
6057 {
6058 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6059 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6060
6061 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6062 loc = NULL;
6063
6064 if (loc != NULL)
6065 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6066
6067 if (b->display_canonical)
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
6069 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6070 {
6071 struct symbol *sym
6072 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6073 if (sym)
6074 {
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6076 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6077 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6078 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6079 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6081 }
6082 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6083 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6084 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6085
6086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6088 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6089
6090 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6091 }
6092 else if (loc)
6093 {
6094 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6095 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6096
6097 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6098 demangle, "");
6099 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6100
6101 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6102 }
6103 else
6104 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6105
6106 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6107 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6108 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6109 {
6110 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6111 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6112 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6113 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6114 }
6115
6116 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6117 }
6118
6119 static const char *
6120 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6121 {
6122 struct ep_type_description
6123 {
6124 enum bptype type;
6125 char *description;
6126 };
6127 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6128 {
6129 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6130 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6131 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6132 {bp_until, "until"},
6133 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6134 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6135 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6136 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6137 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6138 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6139 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6140 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6141 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6142 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6143 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6144 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6145 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6146 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6147 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6148 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6149 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6150 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6151 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6152 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6153 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6154 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6155 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6156 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6157 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6158 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6159 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6160 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6161 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6162 };
6163
6164 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6165 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6166 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6167 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6168 (int) type);
6169
6170 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6171 }
6172
6173 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6174 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6175
6176 static void
6177 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6178 const char *field_name,
6179 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6180 int mi_only)
6181 {
6182 struct cleanup *back_to;
6183 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6184 int inf;
6185 int i;
6186
6187 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6188 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6189 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6190 return;
6191
6192 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6193
6194 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6195 {
6196 if (is_mi)
6197 {
6198 char mi_group[10];
6199
6200 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6202 }
6203 else
6204 {
6205 if (i == 0)
6206 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6207 else
6208 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6209
6210 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6211 }
6212 }
6213
6214 do_cleanups (back_to);
6215 }
6216
6217 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6218
6219 static void
6220 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6221 struct bp_location *loc,
6222 int loc_number,
6223 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6224 int allflag)
6225 {
6226 struct command_line *l;
6227 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6228
6229 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6230 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6231 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6232 struct value_print_options opts;
6233
6234 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6235
6236 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6237 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6238 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6239 if (loc == NULL
6240 && (b->loc != NULL
6241 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6242 header_of_multiple = 1;
6243 if (loc == NULL)
6244 loc = b->loc;
6245
6246 annotate_record ();
6247
6248 /* 1 */
6249 annotate_field (0);
6250 if (part_of_multiple)
6251 {
6252 char *formatted;
6253 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6254 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6255 xfree (formatted);
6256 }
6257 else
6258 {
6259 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6260 }
6261
6262 /* 2 */
6263 annotate_field (1);
6264 if (part_of_multiple)
6265 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6266 else
6267 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6268
6269 /* 3 */
6270 annotate_field (2);
6271 if (part_of_multiple)
6272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6273 else
6274 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6275
6276
6277 /* 4 */
6278 annotate_field (3);
6279 if (part_of_multiple)
6280 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6281 else
6282 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6283 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6284 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6285
6286
6287 /* 5 and 6 */
6288 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6289 {
6290 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6291 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6292 make sure there's just one location. */
6293 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6294 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6295 }
6296 else
6297 switch (b->type)
6298 {
6299 case bp_none:
6300 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6301 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6302 break;
6303
6304 case bp_watchpoint:
6305 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6306 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6307 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6308 {
6309 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6310
6311 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6312 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6313 is relatively readable). */
6314 if (opts.addressprint)
6315 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6316 annotate_field (5);
6317 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6318 }
6319 break;
6320
6321 case bp_breakpoint:
6322 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6323 case bp_until:
6324 case bp_finish:
6325 case bp_longjmp:
6326 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6327 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6328 case bp_exception:
6329 case bp_exception_resume:
6330 case bp_step_resume:
6331 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6332 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6333 case bp_call_dummy:
6334 case bp_std_terminate:
6335 case bp_shlib_event:
6336 case bp_thread_event:
6337 case bp_overlay_event:
6338 case bp_longjmp_master:
6339 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6340 case bp_exception_master:
6341 case bp_tracepoint:
6342 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6343 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6344 case bp_dprintf:
6345 case bp_jit_event:
6346 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6347 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6348 if (opts.addressprint)
6349 {
6350 annotate_field (4);
6351 if (header_of_multiple)
6352 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6353 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6354 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6355 else
6356 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6357 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6358 }
6359 annotate_field (5);
6360 if (!header_of_multiple)
6361 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6362 if (b->loc)
6363 *last_loc = b->loc;
6364 break;
6365 }
6366
6367
6368 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6369 {
6370 struct inferior *inf;
6371 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6372 int mi_only = 1;
6373
6374 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6375 {
6376 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6377 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6378 }
6379
6380 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6381 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6382 if (allflag
6383 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6384 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6385 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6386 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6387 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6388 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6389 mi_only = 0;
6390 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6391 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6392 }
6393
6394 if (!part_of_multiple)
6395 {
6396 if (b->thread != -1)
6397 {
6398 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6399 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6401 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6402 }
6403 else if (b->task != 0)
6404 {
6405 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6406 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6407 }
6408 }
6409
6410 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6411
6412 if (!part_of_multiple)
6413 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6414
6415 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6416 {
6417 annotate_field (6);
6418 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6419 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6420 the frame ID. */
6421 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6422 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6424 }
6425
6426 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6427 {
6428 annotate_field (7);
6429 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6430 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6431 else
6432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6433 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6434
6435 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6436 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6437 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6438 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6439 == condition_evaluation_target)
6440 {
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6442 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6443 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6444 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6445 }
6446 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6447 }
6448
6449 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6450 {
6451 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6453 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6455 }
6456
6457 if (!part_of_multiple)
6458 {
6459 if (b->hit_count)
6460 {
6461 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6462 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6463 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6464 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6465 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6466 else
6467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6468 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6469 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6470 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6471 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6472 else
6473 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6474 }
6475 else
6476 {
6477 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6478 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6480 }
6481 }
6482
6483 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6484 {
6485 annotate_field (8);
6486 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6487 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6488 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6489 }
6490
6491 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6492 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6493 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6494 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6495 {
6496 annotate_field (8);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6498 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6499 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6500 if (b->ignore_count)
6501 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6502 else
6503 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6504 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6505 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6506 }
6507
6508 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6509 {
6510 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6511
6512 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6513 {
6514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6515 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6516 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6517 }
6518 }
6519
6520 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6521 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6522 {
6523 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6524
6525 annotate_field (9);
6526 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6527 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6528 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6529 }
6530
6531 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6532 {
6533 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6534
6535 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6536 {
6537 annotate_field (10);
6538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6539 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6540 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6541 }
6542
6543 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6544 pending. */
6545 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6546 {
6547 annotate_field (11);
6548
6549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6551 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6552 else
6553 {
6554 if (loc->inserted)
6555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6556 else
6557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6558 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6559 }
6560 }
6561 }
6562
6563 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6564 {
6565 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6566 {
6567 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6568
6569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6570 }
6571 else if (b->addr_string)
6572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6573 }
6574 }
6575
6576 static void
6577 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6578 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6579 int allflag)
6580 {
6581 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6582 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6583
6584 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6585
6586 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6587 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6588
6589 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6590 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6591 locations, if any. */
6592 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6593 {
6594 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6595 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6596 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6597 situation.
6598
6599 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6600 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6601 if (b->loc
6602 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6603 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6604 {
6605 struct bp_location *loc;
6606 int n = 1;
6607
6608 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6609 {
6610 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6611 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6612 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6613 do_cleanups (inner2);
6614 }
6615 }
6616 }
6617 }
6618
6619 static int
6620 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6621 {
6622 int print_address_bits = 0;
6623 struct bp_location *loc;
6624
6625 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6626 {
6627 int addr_bit;
6628
6629 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6630 an address to print. */
6631 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6632 continue;
6633
6634 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6635 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6636 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6637 }
6638
6639 return print_address_bits;
6640 }
6641
6642 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6643 {
6644 int bnum;
6645 };
6646
6647 static int
6648 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6649 {
6650 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6651 struct breakpoint *b;
6652 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6653
6654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6655 {
6656 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6657 {
6658 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6659 return GDB_RC_OK;
6660 }
6661 }
6662 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6663 }
6664
6665 enum gdb_rc
6666 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6667 char **error_message)
6668 {
6669 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6670
6671 args.bnum = bnum;
6672 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6673 an error. */
6674 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6675 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6676 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6677 else
6678 return GDB_RC_OK;
6679 }
6680
6681 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6682 internal or momentary. */
6683
6684 int
6685 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6686 {
6687 return b->number > 0;
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6691 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6692 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6693 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6694 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6695 breakpoints listed. */
6696
6697 static int
6698 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6699 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6700 {
6701 struct breakpoint *b;
6702 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6703 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6704 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6705 struct value_print_options opts;
6706 int print_address_bits = 0;
6707 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6708 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6709
6710 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6711
6712 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6713 required for address fields. */
6714 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6715 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6716 {
6717 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6718 if (filter && !filter (b))
6719 continue;
6720
6721 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6722 accept. Skip the others. */
6723 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6724 {
6725 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6726 continue;
6727 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6728 continue;
6729 }
6730
6731 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6732 {
6733 int addr_bit, type_len;
6734
6735 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6736 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6737 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6738
6739 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6740 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6741 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6742
6743 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6744 }
6745 }
6746
6747 if (opts.addressprint)
6748 bkpttbl_chain
6749 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6750 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6751 "BreakpointTable");
6752 else
6753 bkpttbl_chain
6754 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6755 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6756 "BreakpointTable");
6757
6758 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6759 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6760 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6761 annotate_field (0);
6762 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6763 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6764 annotate_field (1);
6765 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6766 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6767 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6768 annotate_field (2);
6769 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6770 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6771 annotate_field (3);
6772 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6773 if (opts.addressprint)
6774 {
6775 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6776 annotate_field (4);
6777 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6778 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6779 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6780 else
6781 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6782 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6783 }
6784 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6785 annotate_field (5);
6786 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6787 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6789 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6790
6791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6792 {
6793 QUIT;
6794 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6795 if (filter && !filter (b))
6796 continue;
6797
6798 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6799 accept. Skip the others. */
6800
6801 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6802 {
6803 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6804 {
6805 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6806 continue;
6807 }
6808 else /* all others */
6809 {
6810 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6811 continue;
6812 }
6813 }
6814 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6815 allflag is set. */
6816 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6817 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6818 }
6819
6820 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6821
6822 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6823 {
6824 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6825 empty list. */
6826 if (!filter)
6827 {
6828 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6829 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6830 else
6831 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6832 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6833 args);
6834 }
6835 }
6836 else
6837 {
6838 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6839 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6840 }
6841
6842 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6843 there have been breakpoints? */
6844 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6845
6846 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6850 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6851
6852 static void
6853 default_collect_info (void)
6854 {
6855 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6856
6857 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6858 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6859 not wanted. */
6860 if (!*default_collect)
6861 return;
6862
6863 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6864 actions. */
6865 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6867 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6868 }
6869
6870 static void
6871 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6872 {
6873 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6874
6875 default_collect_info ();
6876 }
6877
6878 static void
6879 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6880 {
6881 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6882 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6883
6884 if (num_printed == 0)
6885 {
6886 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6887 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6888 else
6889 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6890 }
6891 }
6892
6893 static void
6894 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6895 {
6896 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6897
6898 default_collect_info ();
6899 }
6900
6901 static int
6902 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6903 struct program_space *pspace,
6904 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6905 {
6906 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6907
6908 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6909 {
6910 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6911 && bl->address == pc
6912 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6913 return 1;
6914 }
6915 return 0;
6916 }
6917
6918 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6919 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6920 address spaces. */
6921
6922 static void
6923 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6924 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6925 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6926 {
6927 int others = 0;
6928 struct breakpoint *b;
6929
6930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6931 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6932 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6933 if (others > 0)
6934 {
6935 if (others == 1)
6936 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6937 else /* if (others == ???) */
6938 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6940 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6941 {
6942 others--;
6943 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6944 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6945 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6946 else if (b->thread != -1)
6947 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6948 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6949 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6950 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6951 ? " (disabled)"
6952 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6953 ? " (permanent)"
6954 : ""),
6955 (others > 1) ? ","
6956 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6957 }
6958 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6959 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6960 printf_filtered (".\n");
6961 }
6962 }
6963 \f
6964
6965 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6966 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6967 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6968 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6969
6970 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6971 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6972 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6973 breakpoint at address zero:
6974
6975 bp_watchpoint
6976 bp_catchpoint
6977
6978 */
6979
6980 static int
6981 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6982 {
6983 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6984
6985 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6986 }
6987
6988 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6989 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6990
6991 static int
6992 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6993 struct bp_location *loc2)
6994 {
6995 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6996 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6997
6998 /* Both of them must exist. */
6999 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7000 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7001
7002 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7003 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7004 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7005 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7006 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7007 other watchpoint. */
7008 if ((w1->cond_exp
7009 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7010 loc1->length,
7011 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7012 w1->cond_exp))
7013 || (w2->cond_exp
7014 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7015 loc2->length,
7016 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7017 w2->cond_exp)))
7018 return 0;
7019
7020 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7021 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7022 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7023 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7024 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7025 become hw_access locations later. */
7026 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7027 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7028 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7029 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7030 }
7031
7032 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7033
7034 int
7035 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7036 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7037 {
7038 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7039 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7040 && addr1 == addr2);
7041 }
7042
7043 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7044 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7045 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7046 space doesn't really matter. */
7047
7048 static int
7049 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7050 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7051 CORE_ADDR addr2)
7052 {
7053 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7054 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7055 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7056 }
7057
7058 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7059 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7060 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7061 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7062
7063 static int
7064 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7065 struct address_space *aspace,
7066 CORE_ADDR addr)
7067 {
7068 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7069 aspace, addr)
7070 || (bl->length
7071 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7072 bl->address, bl->length,
7073 aspace, addr)));
7074 }
7075
7076 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7077 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7078 true, otherwise returns false. */
7079
7080 static int
7081 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7082 struct bp_location *loc2)
7083 {
7084 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7085 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7086 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7087 different locations. */
7088 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7089 else
7090 return 0;
7091 }
7092
7093 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7094 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7095 represent the same location. */
7096
7097 static int
7098 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7099 struct bp_location *loc2)
7100 {
7101 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7102
7103 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7104 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7105 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7106
7107 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7108 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7109
7110 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7111 return 0;
7112 else if (hw_point1)
7113 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7114 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7115 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7116 else
7117 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7118 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7119 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7120 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7121 }
7122
7123 static void
7124 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7125 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7126 {
7127 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7128 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7129 char astr1[64];
7130 char astr2[64];
7131
7132 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7133 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7134 if (have_bnum)
7135 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7136 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7137 else
7138 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7139 }
7140
7141 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7142 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7143 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7144 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7145
7146 static CORE_ADDR
7147 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7148 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7149 {
7150 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7151 {
7152 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7153 return bpaddr;
7154 }
7155 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7156 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7157 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7158 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7159 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7160 {
7161 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7162 have their addresses modified. */
7163 return bpaddr;
7164 }
7165 else
7166 {
7167 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7168
7169 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7170 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7171 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7172
7173 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7174 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7175 is required. */
7176 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7177 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7178
7179 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7180 }
7181 }
7182
7183 void
7184 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7185 struct breakpoint *owner)
7186 {
7187 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7188
7189 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7190
7191 loc->ops = ops;
7192 loc->owner = owner;
7193 loc->cond = NULL;
7194 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7195 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7196 loc->enabled = 1;
7197
7198 switch (owner->type)
7199 {
7200 case bp_breakpoint:
7201 case bp_until:
7202 case bp_finish:
7203 case bp_longjmp:
7204 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7205 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7206 case bp_exception:
7207 case bp_exception_resume:
7208 case bp_step_resume:
7209 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7210 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7211 case bp_call_dummy:
7212 case bp_std_terminate:
7213 case bp_shlib_event:
7214 case bp_thread_event:
7215 case bp_overlay_event:
7216 case bp_jit_event:
7217 case bp_longjmp_master:
7218 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7219 case bp_exception_master:
7220 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7221 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7222 case bp_dprintf:
7223 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7224 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7225 break;
7226 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7227 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7228 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7229 break;
7230 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7231 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7232 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7233 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7234 break;
7235 case bp_watchpoint:
7236 case bp_catchpoint:
7237 case bp_tracepoint:
7238 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7239 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7240 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7241 break;
7242 default:
7243 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7244 }
7245
7246 loc->refc = 1;
7247 }
7248
7249 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7250
7251 static struct bp_location *
7252 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7253 {
7254 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7255 }
7256
7257 static void
7258 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7259 {
7260 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7261 xfree (loc);
7262 }
7263
7264 /* Increment reference count. */
7265
7266 static void
7267 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7268 {
7269 ++bl->refc;
7270 }
7271
7272 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7273 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7274
7275 static void
7276 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7277 {
7278 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7279
7280 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7281 free_bp_location (*blp);
7282 *blp = NULL;
7283 }
7284
7285 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7286
7287 static void
7288 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7289 {
7290 struct breakpoint *b1;
7291
7292 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7293 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7294
7295 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7296 if (b1 == 0)
7297 breakpoint_chain = b;
7298 else
7299 {
7300 while (b1->next)
7301 b1 = b1->next;
7302 b1->next = b;
7303 }
7304 }
7305
7306 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7307
7308 static void
7309 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7310 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7311 enum bptype bptype,
7312 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7313 {
7314 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7315
7316 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7317
7318 b->ops = ops;
7319 b->type = bptype;
7320 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7321 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7322 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7323 b->thread = -1;
7324 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7325 b->next = 0;
7326 b->silent = 0;
7327 b->ignore_count = 0;
7328 b->commands = NULL;
7329 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7330 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7331 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7332 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7333 }
7334
7335 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7336 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7337
7338 static struct breakpoint *
7339 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7340 enum bptype bptype,
7341 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7342 {
7343 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7344
7345 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7346 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7347 return b;
7348 }
7349
7350 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7351 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7352 enough. */
7353
7354 static void
7355 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7356 {
7357 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7358
7359 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7360 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7361 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7362 {
7363 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7364 const char *function_name;
7365 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7366
7367 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7368 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7369
7370 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7371 {
7372 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7373
7374 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7375 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7376 &loc->requested_address))
7377 {
7378 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7379 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7380 loc->requested_address,
7381 b->type);
7382 }
7383 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7384 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7385 {
7386 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7387 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7388 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7389 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7390 breakpoint. */
7391 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7392 }
7393 }
7394
7395 if (function_name)
7396 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7397 }
7398 }
7399
7400 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7401 struct gdbarch *
7402 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7403 {
7404 if (sal.section)
7405 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7406 if (sal.symtab)
7407 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7408
7409 return NULL;
7410 }
7411
7412 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7413 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7414 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7415
7416 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7417 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7418 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7419
7420 static void
7421 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7422 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7423 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7424 {
7425 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7426
7427 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7428
7429 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7430 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7431
7432 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7433 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7434 program space. */
7435 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7436 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7437 }
7438
7439 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7440 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7441 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7442 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7443 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7444 is also returned as the value of this function.
7445
7446 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7447 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7448 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7449 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7450 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7451 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7452 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7453
7454 struct breakpoint *
7455 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7456 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7457 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7458 {
7459 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7460
7461 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7462 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7463 return b;
7464 }
7465
7466
7467 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7468 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7469 void
7470 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7471 {
7472 struct bp_location *bl;
7473
7474 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7475
7476 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7477 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7478 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7479 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7480 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7481 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7482 bl->inserted = 1;
7483 }
7484
7485 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7486 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7487 initiated the operation. */
7488
7489 void
7490 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7491 {
7492 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7493 int thread = tp->num;
7494
7495 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7496 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7497 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7498 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7500 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7501 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7502 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7503 {
7504 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7505 struct breakpoint *clone;
7506
7507 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7508 after their removal. */
7509 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7510 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7511 clone->thread = thread;
7512 }
7513
7514 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7515 }
7516
7517 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7518 void
7519 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7520 {
7521 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7522
7523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7524 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7525 {
7526 if (b->thread == thread)
7527 delete_breakpoint (b);
7528 }
7529 }
7530
7531 void
7532 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7533 {
7534 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7535
7536 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7537 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7538 {
7539 if (b->thread == thread)
7540 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7541 }
7542 }
7543
7544 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7545 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7546 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7547 breakpoints. */
7548
7549 struct breakpoint *
7550 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7551 {
7552 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7553
7554 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7555 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7556 {
7557 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7558
7559 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7560 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7561 1);
7562 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7563
7564 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7565
7566 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7567 if (retval == NULL)
7568 retval = new_b;
7569 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7570 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7571 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7572 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7573 }
7574
7575 return retval;
7576 }
7577
7578 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7579 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7580 stack.
7581
7582 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7583 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7584 frames. */
7585
7586 void
7587 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7588 {
7589 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7590
7591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7592 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7593 {
7594 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7595
7596 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7597 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7598 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7599 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7600 continue;
7601
7602 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7603
7604 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7605 {
7606 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7607 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7608 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7609 }
7610 delete_breakpoint (b);
7611 }
7612 }
7613
7614 void
7615 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7616 {
7617 struct breakpoint *b;
7618
7619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7620 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7621 {
7622 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7623 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7624 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7625 }
7626 }
7627
7628 void
7629 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7630 {
7631 struct breakpoint *b;
7632
7633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7634 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7635 {
7636 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7637 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7638 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7639 }
7640 }
7641
7642 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7643 master breakpoint. */
7644 void
7645 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7646 {
7647 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7648
7649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7650 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7651 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7652 {
7653 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7654 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7655 }
7656 }
7657
7658 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7659 void
7660 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7661 {
7662 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7663
7664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7665 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7666 delete_breakpoint (b);
7667 }
7668
7669 struct breakpoint *
7670 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7671 {
7672 struct breakpoint *b;
7673
7674 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7675 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7676
7677 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7678 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7679 b->addr_string
7680 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7681
7682 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7683
7684 return b;
7685 }
7686
7687 void
7688 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7689 {
7690 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7691
7692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7693 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7694 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7695 delete_breakpoint (b);
7696 }
7697
7698 struct lang_and_radix
7699 {
7700 enum language lang;
7701 int radix;
7702 };
7703
7704 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7705
7706 struct breakpoint *
7707 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7708 {
7709 struct breakpoint *b;
7710
7711 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7712 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7713 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7714 return b;
7715 }
7716
7717 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7718
7719 void
7720 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7721 {
7722 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7723
7724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7725 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7726 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7727 delete_breakpoint (b);
7728 }
7729
7730 void
7731 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7732 {
7733 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7734
7735 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7736 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7737 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7738 delete_breakpoint (b);
7739 }
7740
7741 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7742
7743 void
7744 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7745 {
7746 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7747
7748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7749 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7750 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7751 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7752 }
7753
7754 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7755 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7756 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7757
7758 static struct breakpoint *
7759 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7760 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7761 {
7762 struct breakpoint *b;
7763
7764 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7765 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7767 return b;
7768 }
7769
7770 struct breakpoint *
7771 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7772 {
7773 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7774 }
7775
7776 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7777
7778 struct breakpoint *
7779 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7780 {
7781 struct breakpoint *b;
7782
7783 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7784 locations. */
7785 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7786 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7787 {
7788 delete_breakpoint (b);
7789 return NULL;
7790 }
7791 return b;
7792 }
7793
7794 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7795 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7796
7797 void
7798 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7799 {
7800 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7801
7802 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7803 {
7804 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7805 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7806
7807 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7808 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7809 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7810 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7811 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7812 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7813 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7814 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7815 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7816 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7817 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7818 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7819 )
7820 {
7821 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7822 }
7823 }
7824 }
7825
7826 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7827 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7828 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7829
7830 static void
7831 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7832 {
7833 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7834 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7835
7836 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7837 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7838 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7839 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7840 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7841 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7842 return;
7843
7844 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7845 {
7846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7847 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7848
7849 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7850 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7851 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7852 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7853 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7854 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7855 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7856 || is_tracepoint (b))
7857 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7858 {
7859 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7860 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7861 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7862 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7863 loc->inserted = 0;
7864
7865 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7866 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7867
7868 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7869 {
7870 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7871 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7872 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7873 solib->so_name);
7874 }
7875 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7876 }
7877 }
7878 }
7879
7880 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7881 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7882 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7883
7884 static void
7885 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7886 {
7887 struct breakpoint *b;
7888
7889 if (objfile == NULL)
7890 return;
7891
7892 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7893 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7894 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7895 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7896 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7897 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7898 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7899 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7900 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7901 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7902 main objfile). */
7903 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7904 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7905 return;
7906
7907 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7908 {
7909 struct bp_location *loc;
7910 int bp_modified = 0;
7911
7912 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7913 continue;
7914
7915 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7916 {
7917 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7918
7919 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7920 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7921 continue;
7922
7923 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7924 continue;
7925
7926 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7927 continue;
7928
7929 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7930 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7931 continue;
7932
7933 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7934 {
7935 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7936 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7937 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7938 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7939 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7940 unmapped. */
7941
7942 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7943
7944 bp_modified = 1;
7945 }
7946 }
7947
7948 if (bp_modified)
7949 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7950 }
7951 }
7952
7953 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7954
7955 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7956 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7957 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7958 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7959 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7960
7961 struct fork_catchpoint
7962 {
7963 /* The base class. */
7964 struct breakpoint base;
7965
7966 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7967 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7968 catchpoint has triggered. */
7969 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7970 };
7971
7972 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7973 catchpoints. */
7974
7975 static int
7976 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7977 {
7978 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7979 }
7980
7981 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7982 catchpoints. */
7983
7984 static int
7985 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7986 {
7987 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7988 }
7989
7990 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7991 catchpoints. */
7992
7993 static int
7994 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7995 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7996 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7997 {
7998 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7999
8000 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
8001 return 0;
8002
8003 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8004 return 1;
8005 }
8006
8007 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8008 catchpoints. */
8009
8010 static enum print_stop_action
8011 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8012 {
8013 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8014 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8015 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8016
8017 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8018 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8020 else
8021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8022 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8023 {
8024 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8025 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8027 }
8028 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8029 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8030 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8031 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8032 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8033 }
8034
8035 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8036 catchpoints. */
8037
8038 static void
8039 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8040 {
8041 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8042 struct value_print_options opts;
8043 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8044
8045 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8046
8047 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8048 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8049 readable). */
8050 if (opts.addressprint)
8051 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8052 annotate_field (5);
8053 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8054 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8055 {
8056 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8058 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8059 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8060 }
8061
8062 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8063 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8064 }
8065
8066 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8067 catchpoints. */
8068
8069 static void
8070 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8071 {
8072 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8073 }
8074
8075 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8076 catchpoints. */
8077
8078 static void
8079 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8080 {
8081 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8082 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8083 }
8084
8085 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8086
8087 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8088
8089 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8090 catchpoints. */
8091
8092 static int
8093 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8094 {
8095 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8096 }
8097
8098 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8099 catchpoints. */
8100
8101 static int
8102 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8103 {
8104 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8105 }
8106
8107 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8108 catchpoints. */
8109
8110 static int
8111 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8112 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8113 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8114 {
8115 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8116
8117 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8118 return 0;
8119
8120 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8121 return 1;
8122 }
8123
8124 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8125 catchpoints. */
8126
8127 static enum print_stop_action
8128 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8129 {
8130 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8131 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8132 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8133
8134 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8135 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8136 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8137 else
8138 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8139 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8140 {
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8142 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8143 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8144 }
8145 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8146 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8147 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8148 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8149 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8150 }
8151
8152 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8153 catchpoints. */
8154
8155 static void
8156 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8157 {
8158 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8159 struct value_print_options opts;
8160 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8161
8162 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8163 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8164 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8165 readable). */
8166 if (opts.addressprint)
8167 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8168 annotate_field (5);
8169 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8170 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8171 {
8172 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8173 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8174 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8175 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8176 }
8177
8178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8180 }
8181
8182 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8183 catchpoints. */
8184
8185 static void
8186 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8187 {
8188 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8189 }
8190
8191 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8192 catchpoints. */
8193
8194 static void
8195 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8196 {
8197 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8198 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8199 }
8200
8201 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8202
8203 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8204
8205 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8206 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8207 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8208 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8209 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8210
8211 struct solib_catchpoint
8212 {
8213 /* The base class. */
8214 struct breakpoint base;
8215
8216 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8217 unsigned char is_load;
8218
8219 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8220 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8221 char *regex;
8222 regex_t compiled;
8223 };
8224
8225 static void
8226 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8227 {
8228 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8229
8230 if (self->regex)
8231 regfree (&self->compiled);
8232 xfree (self->regex);
8233
8234 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8235 }
8236
8237 static int
8238 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8239 {
8240 return 0;
8241 }
8242
8243 static int
8244 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8245 {
8246 return 0;
8247 }
8248
8249 static int
8250 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8251 struct address_space *aspace,
8252 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8253 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8254 {
8255 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8256 struct breakpoint *other;
8257
8258 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8259 return 1;
8260
8261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8262 {
8263 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8264
8265 if (other == bl->owner)
8266 continue;
8267
8268 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8269 continue;
8270
8271 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8272 continue;
8273
8274 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8275 {
8276 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8277 return 1;
8278 }
8279 }
8280
8281 return 0;
8282 }
8283
8284 static void
8285 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8286 {
8287 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8288 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8289 int ix;
8290
8291 if (self->is_load)
8292 {
8293 struct so_list *iter;
8294
8295 for (ix = 0;
8296 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8297 ix, iter);
8298 ++ix)
8299 {
8300 if (!self->regex
8301 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8302 return;
8303 }
8304 }
8305 else
8306 {
8307 char *iter;
8308
8309 for (ix = 0;
8310 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8311 ix, iter);
8312 ++ix)
8313 {
8314 if (!self->regex
8315 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8316 return;
8317 }
8318 }
8319
8320 bs->stop = 0;
8321 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8322 }
8323
8324 static enum print_stop_action
8325 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8326 {
8327 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8328 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8329
8330 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8331 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8332 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8333 else
8334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8335 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8336 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8337 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8338 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8339 print_solib_event (1);
8340 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8341 }
8342
8343 static void
8344 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8345 {
8346 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8347 struct value_print_options opts;
8348 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8349 char *msg;
8350
8351 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8352 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8353 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8354 readable). */
8355 if (opts.addressprint)
8356 {
8357 annotate_field (4);
8358 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8359 }
8360
8361 annotate_field (5);
8362 if (self->is_load)
8363 {
8364 if (self->regex)
8365 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8366 else
8367 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8368 }
8369 else
8370 {
8371 if (self->regex)
8372 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8373 else
8374 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8375 }
8376 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8377 xfree (msg);
8378
8379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8380 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8381 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8382 }
8383
8384 static void
8385 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8386 {
8387 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8388
8389 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8390 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8391 }
8392
8393 static void
8394 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8395 {
8396 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8397
8398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8399 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8400 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8401 if (self->regex)
8402 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8404 }
8405
8406 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8407
8408 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8409 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8410 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8411 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8412 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8413 created in an enabled state. */
8414
8415 void
8416 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8417 {
8418 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8419 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8420 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8421
8422 if (!arg)
8423 arg = "";
8424 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8425
8426 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8427 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8428
8429 if (*arg != '\0')
8430 {
8431 int errcode;
8432
8433 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8434 if (errcode != 0)
8435 {
8436 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8437
8438 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8439 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8440 }
8441 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8442 }
8443
8444 c->is_load = is_load;
8445 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8446 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8447
8448 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8449
8450 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8451 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8452 }
8453
8454 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8455 "catch unload". */
8456
8457 static void
8458 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8459 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8460 {
8461 int tempflag;
8462 const int enabled = 1;
8463
8464 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8465
8466 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8467 }
8468
8469 static void
8470 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8471 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8472 {
8473 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8474 }
8475
8476 static void
8477 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8478 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8479 {
8480 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8481 }
8482
8483 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8484 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8485 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8486 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8487 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8488
8489 struct syscall_catchpoint
8490 {
8491 /* The base class. */
8492 struct breakpoint base;
8493
8494 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8495 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8496 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8497 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8498 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8499 };
8500
8501 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8502 catchpoints. */
8503
8504 static void
8505 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8506 {
8507 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8508
8509 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8510
8511 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8512 }
8513
8514 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8515
8516 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8517 {
8518 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8519 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8520 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8521
8522 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8523 int any_syscall_count;
8524
8525 /* Count of each system call. */
8526 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8527
8528 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8529 if any catching is necessary. */
8530 int total_syscalls_count;
8531 };
8532
8533 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8534 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8535 {
8536 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8537
8538 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8539 if (inf_data == NULL)
8540 {
8541 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8542 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8543 }
8544
8545 return inf_data;
8546 }
8547
8548 static void
8549 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8550 {
8551 xfree (arg);
8552 }
8553
8554
8555 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8556 catchpoints. */
8557
8558 static int
8559 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8560 {
8561 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8562 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8563 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8564 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8565
8566 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8567 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8568 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8569 else
8570 {
8571 int i, iter;
8572
8573 for (i = 0;
8574 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8575 i++)
8576 {
8577 int elem;
8578
8579 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8580 {
8581 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8582 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8583 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8584 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8585 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8586 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8587 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8588 + vec_addr_offset);
8589 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8590 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8591 }
8592 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8593 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8594 }
8595 }
8596
8597 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8598 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8599 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8600 VEC_length (int,
8601 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8602 VEC_address (int,
8603 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8604 }
8605
8606 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8607 catchpoints. */
8608
8609 static int
8610 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8611 {
8612 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8613 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8614 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8615 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8616
8617 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8618 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8619 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8620 else
8621 {
8622 int i, iter;
8623
8624 for (i = 0;
8625 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8626 i++)
8627 {
8628 int elem;
8629 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8630 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8631 continue;
8632 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8633 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8634 }
8635 }
8636
8637 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8638 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8639 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8640 VEC_length (int,
8641 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8642 VEC_address (int,
8643 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8644 }
8645
8646 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8647 catchpoints. */
8648
8649 static int
8650 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8651 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8652 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8653 {
8654 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8655 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8656 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8657 int syscall_number = 0;
8658 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8659 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8660
8661 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8662 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8663 return 0;
8664
8665 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8666
8667 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8668 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8669 {
8670 int i, iter;
8671
8672 for (i = 0;
8673 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8674 i++)
8675 if (syscall_number == iter)
8676 return 1;
8677
8678 return 0;
8679 }
8680
8681 return 1;
8682 }
8683
8684 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8685 catchpoints. */
8686
8687 static enum print_stop_action
8688 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8689 {
8690 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8691 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8692 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8693 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8694 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8695 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8696 ptid_t ptid;
8697 struct target_waitstatus last;
8698 struct syscall s;
8699
8700 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8701
8702 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8703
8704 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8705
8706 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8708 else
8709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8710 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8711 {
8712 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8713 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8714 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8715 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8717 }
8718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8719
8720 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8721 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8722 else
8723 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8724
8725 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8726 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8727 if (s.name != NULL)
8728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8729
8730 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8731
8732 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8733 }
8734
8735 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8736 catchpoints. */
8737
8738 static void
8739 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8740 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8741 {
8742 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8743 struct value_print_options opts;
8744 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8745
8746 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8747 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8748 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8749 readable). */
8750 if (opts.addressprint)
8751 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8752 annotate_field (5);
8753
8754 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8755 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8756 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8757 else
8758 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8759
8760 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8761 {
8762 int i, iter;
8763 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8764
8765 for (i = 0;
8766 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8767 i++)
8768 {
8769 char *x = text;
8770 struct syscall s;
8771 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8772
8773 if (s.name != NULL)
8774 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8775 else
8776 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8777
8778 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8779 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8780 on every call. */
8781 xfree (x);
8782 }
8783 /* Remove the last comma. */
8784 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8785 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8786 }
8787 else
8788 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8789 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8790
8791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8792 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8793 }
8794
8795 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8796 catchpoints. */
8797
8798 static void
8799 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8800 {
8801 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8802
8803 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8804 {
8805 int i, iter;
8806
8807 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8808 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8809 else
8810 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8811
8812 for (i = 0;
8813 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8814 i++)
8815 {
8816 struct syscall s;
8817 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8818
8819 if (s.name)
8820 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8821 else
8822 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8823 }
8824 printf_filtered (")");
8825 }
8826 else
8827 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8828 b->number);
8829 }
8830
8831 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8832 catchpoints. */
8833
8834 static void
8835 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8836 {
8837 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8838
8839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8840
8841 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8842 {
8843 int i, iter;
8844
8845 for (i = 0;
8846 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8847 i++)
8848 {
8849 struct syscall s;
8850
8851 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8852 if (s.name)
8853 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8854 else
8855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8856 }
8857 }
8858 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8859 }
8860
8861 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8862
8863 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8864
8865 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8866
8867 static int
8868 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8869 {
8870 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8871 }
8872
8873 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8874 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8875 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8876 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8877
8878 void
8879 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8880 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8881 char *cond_string,
8882 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8883 {
8884 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8885
8886 init_sal (&sal);
8887 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8888
8889 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8890
8891 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8892 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8893 }
8894
8895 void
8896 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8897 {
8898 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8899 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8900 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8901 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8902 if (!internal)
8903 mention (b);
8904 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8905
8906 if (update_gll)
8907 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8908 }
8909
8910 static void
8911 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8912 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8913 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8914 {
8915 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8916
8917 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8918
8919 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8920
8921 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8922 }
8923
8924 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8925
8926 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8927 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8928 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8929 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8930 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8931
8932 struct exec_catchpoint
8933 {
8934 /* The base class. */
8935 struct breakpoint base;
8936
8937 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8938 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8939 triggered. */
8940 char *exec_pathname;
8941 };
8942
8943 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8944 catchpoints. */
8945
8946 static void
8947 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8948 {
8949 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8950
8951 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8952
8953 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8954 }
8955
8956 static int
8957 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8958 {
8959 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8960 }
8961
8962 static int
8963 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8964 {
8965 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8966 }
8967
8968 static int
8969 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8970 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8971 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8972 {
8973 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8974
8975 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8976 return 0;
8977
8978 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8979 return 1;
8980 }
8981
8982 static enum print_stop_action
8983 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8984 {
8985 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8986 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8987 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8988
8989 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8990 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8992 else
8993 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8995 {
8996 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8998 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8999 }
9000 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9001 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
9002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
9003 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
9004
9005 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9006 }
9007
9008 static void
9009 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
9010 {
9011 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
9012 struct value_print_options opts;
9013 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9014
9015 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9016
9017 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
9018 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
9019 is relatively readable). */
9020 if (opts.addressprint)
9021 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9022 annotate_field (5);
9023 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
9024 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
9025 {
9026 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
9027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
9028 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
9029 }
9030
9031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9032 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
9033 }
9034
9035 static void
9036 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
9037 {
9038 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
9039 }
9040
9041 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9042 catchpoints. */
9043
9044 static void
9045 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9046 {
9047 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
9048 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9049 }
9050
9051 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
9052
9053 static void
9054 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
9055 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9056 {
9057 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
9058 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9059
9060 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
9061 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
9062 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
9063
9064 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9065 }
9066
9067 static int
9068 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9069 {
9070 int i = 0;
9071 struct breakpoint *b;
9072 struct bp_location *bl;
9073
9074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9075 {
9076 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9077 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9078 {
9079 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9080 one register. */
9081 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9082 }
9083 }
9084
9085 return i;
9086 }
9087
9088 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9089 watchpoint. */
9090
9091 static int
9092 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9093 {
9094 int i = 0;
9095 struct bp_location *bl;
9096
9097 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9098 return 0;
9099
9100 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9101 {
9102 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9103 one register. */
9104 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9105 }
9106
9107 return i;
9108 }
9109
9110 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9111 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9112 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9113 types _not_ TYPE. */
9114
9115 static int
9116 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9117 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9118 {
9119 int i = 0;
9120 struct breakpoint *b;
9121
9122 *other_type_used = 0;
9123 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9124 {
9125 if (b == except)
9126 continue;
9127 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9128 continue;
9129
9130 if (b->type == type)
9131 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9132 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9133 *other_type_used = 1;
9134 }
9135
9136 return i;
9137 }
9138
9139 void
9140 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9141 {
9142 struct breakpoint *b;
9143
9144 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9145 {
9146 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9147 {
9148 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9149 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9150 }
9151 }
9152 }
9153
9154 void
9155 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9156 {
9157 struct breakpoint *b;
9158
9159 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9160 {
9161 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9162 {
9163 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9164 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9165 }
9166 }
9167 }
9168
9169 void
9170 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9171 {
9172 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9173 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9174 }
9175
9176 void
9177 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9178 {
9179 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9180 breakpoint_re_set ();
9181 }
9182
9183
9184 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9185 at address specified by SAL.
9186 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9187
9188 struct breakpoint *
9189 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9190 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9191 {
9192 struct breakpoint *b;
9193
9194 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9195 tail-called one. */
9196 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9197
9198 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9199 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9200 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9201 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9202
9203 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9204 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9205 control. */
9206 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9207 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9208
9209 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9210
9211 return b;
9212 }
9213
9214 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9215 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9216 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9217
9218 static struct breakpoint *
9219 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9220 enum bptype type,
9221 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9222 int loc_enabled)
9223 {
9224 struct breakpoint *copy;
9225
9226 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9227 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9228 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9229
9230 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9231 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9232 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9233 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9234 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9235 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9236 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9237 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9238 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9239 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9240 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9241 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9242
9243 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9244 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9245 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9246
9247 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9248 return copy;
9249 }
9250
9251 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9252 ORIG is NULL. */
9253
9254 struct breakpoint *
9255 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9256 {
9257 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9258 if (orig == NULL)
9259 return NULL;
9260
9261 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9262 }
9263
9264 struct breakpoint *
9265 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9266 enum bptype type)
9267 {
9268 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9269
9270 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9271 sal.pc = pc;
9272 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9273 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9274
9275 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9276 }
9277 \f
9278
9279 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9280
9281 static void
9282 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9283 {
9284 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9286 return;
9287 printf_filtered ("\n");
9288 }
9289 \f
9290
9291 static struct bp_location *
9292 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9293 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9294 {
9295 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9296 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9297 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9298
9299 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9300 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9301
9302 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9303 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9304 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9305 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9306 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9307 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9308 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9309 sal->pc, b->type);
9310
9311 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9312 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9313 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9314 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9315 ;
9316 loc->next = *tmp;
9317 *tmp = loc;
9318
9319 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9320 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9321 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9322 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9323 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9324 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9325 loc->section = sal->section;
9326 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9327 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9328 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9329
9330 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9331 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9332 return loc;
9333 }
9334 \f
9335
9336 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9337 return 0 otherwise. */
9338
9339 static int
9340 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9341 {
9342 int len;
9343 CORE_ADDR addr;
9344 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9345 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9346 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9347 int retval = 0;
9348
9349 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9350
9351 addr = loc->address;
9352 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9353
9354 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9355 if (bpoint == NULL)
9356 return 0;
9357
9358 target_mem = alloca (len);
9359
9360 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9361 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9362 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9363 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9364
9365 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9366 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9367
9368 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9369 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9370 retval = 1;
9371
9372 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9373
9374 return retval;
9375 }
9376
9377 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9378 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9379
9380 static void
9381 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9382 {
9383 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9384 char *printf_line = NULL;
9385
9386 if (!dprintf_args)
9387 return;
9388
9389 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9390
9391 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9392 insist on it. */
9393 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9394 ++dprintf_args;
9395 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9396
9397 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9398 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9399
9400 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9401 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9402 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9403 {
9404 if (!dprintf_function)
9405 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9406
9407 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9408 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9409 dprintf_function,
9410 dprintf_channel,
9411 dprintf_args);
9412 else
9413 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9414 dprintf_function,
9415 dprintf_args);
9416 }
9417 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9418 {
9419 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9420 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9421 else
9422 {
9423 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9424 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9425 }
9426 }
9427 else
9428 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9429 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9430
9431 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9432 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9433 {
9434 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9435 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9436
9437 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9438 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9439 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9440 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9441 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9442 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9443
9444 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9445 }
9446 }
9447
9448 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9449 current style settings. */
9450
9451 static void
9452 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9453 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9454 {
9455 struct breakpoint *b;
9456
9457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9458 {
9459 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9460 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9461 }
9462 }
9463
9464 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9465 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9466 as condition expression. */
9467
9468 static void
9469 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9470 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9471 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9472 char *extra_string,
9473 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9474 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9475 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9476 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9477 int display_canonical)
9478 {
9479 int i;
9480
9481 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9482 {
9483 int target_resources_ok;
9484
9485 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9486 target_resources_ok =
9487 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9488 i + 1, 0);
9489 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9490 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9491 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9492 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9493 }
9494
9495 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9496
9497 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9498 {
9499 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9500 struct bp_location *loc;
9501
9502 if (from_tty)
9503 {
9504 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9505 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9506 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9507
9508 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9509 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9510 }
9511
9512 if (i == 0)
9513 {
9514 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9515 b->thread = thread;
9516 b->task = task;
9517
9518 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9519 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9520 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9521 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9522 b->disposition = disposition;
9523
9524 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9525 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9526
9527 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9528 {
9529 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9530 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9531
9532 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9533 {
9534 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9535 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9536 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9537 char *endp;
9538 char *marker_str;
9539
9540 p = skip_spaces (p);
9541
9542 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9543
9544 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9545 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9546
9547 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9548 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9549 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9550 }
9551 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9552 {
9553 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9554 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9555
9556 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9557 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9558 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9559 }
9560 else
9561 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9562 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9563 }
9564
9565 loc = b->loc;
9566 }
9567 else
9568 {
9569 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9570 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9571 loc->inserted = 1;
9572 }
9573
9574 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9575 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9576
9577 if (b->cond_string)
9578 {
9579 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9580
9581 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9582 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9583 if (*arg)
9584 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9585 }
9586
9587 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9588 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9589 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9590 {
9591 if (b->extra_string)
9592 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9593 else
9594 error (_("Format string required"));
9595 }
9596 else if (b->extra_string)
9597 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9598 }
9599
9600 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9601 if (addr_string)
9602 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9603 else
9604 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9605 me. */
9606 b->addr_string
9607 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9608 b->filter = filter;
9609 }
9610
9611 static void
9612 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9613 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9614 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9615 char *extra_string,
9616 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9617 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9618 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9619 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9620 int display_canonical)
9621 {
9622 struct breakpoint *b;
9623 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9624
9625 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9626 {
9627 struct tracepoint *t;
9628
9629 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9630 b = &t->base;
9631 }
9632 else
9633 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9634
9635 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9636
9637 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9638 sals, addr_string,
9639 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9640 type, disposition,
9641 thread, task, ignore_count,
9642 ops, from_tty,
9643 enabled, internal, flags,
9644 display_canonical);
9645 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9646
9647 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9648 }
9649
9650 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9651 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9652 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9653 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9654 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9655 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9656 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9657 we take just a single condition string.
9658
9659 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9660 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9661 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9662 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9663 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9664
9665 static void
9666 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9667 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9668 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9669 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9670 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9671 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9672 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9673 {
9674 int i;
9675 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9676
9677 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9678 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9679
9680 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9681 {
9682 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9683 'break', without arguments. */
9684 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9685 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9686 : NULL);
9687 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9688 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9689
9690 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9691 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9692 addr_string,
9693 filter_string,
9694 cond_string, extra_string,
9695 type, disposition,
9696 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9697 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9698 canonical->special_display);
9699 discard_cleanups (inner);
9700 }
9701 }
9702
9703 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9704 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9705 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9706 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9707
9708 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9709 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9710
9711 static void
9712 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9713 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9714 {
9715 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9716 breakpoint. */
9717 if ((*address) == NULL
9718 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9719 {
9720 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9721 address. */
9722 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9723 {
9724 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9725 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9726 CORE_ADDR pc;
9727
9728 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9729 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9730 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9731
9732 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9733 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9734 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9735 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9736 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9737 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9738 pc = sal.pc;
9739 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9740
9741 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9742 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9743 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9744 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9745 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9746 sal.pc = pc;
9747 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9748
9749 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9750 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9751 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9752
9753 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9754 }
9755 else
9756 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9757 }
9758 else
9759 {
9760 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9761
9762 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9763 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9764 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9765 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9766
9767 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9768 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9769 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9770 && (!cursal.symtab
9771 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9772 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9773 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9774 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9775 get_last_displayed_line (),
9776 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9777 else
9778 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9779 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9780 }
9781 }
9782
9783
9784 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9785 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9786
9787 static void
9788 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9789 {
9790 int i;
9791
9792 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9793 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9794 }
9795
9796 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9797 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9798 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9799 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9800 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9801 it, etc. */
9802
9803 static void
9804 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9805 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9806 {
9807 int i, rslt;
9808 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9809 char *msg;
9810 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9811
9812 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9813 {
9814 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9815
9816 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9817
9818 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9819 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9820 associated with SAL. */
9821 if (sarch == NULL)
9822 sarch = gdbarch;
9823 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9824 NULL, &msg);
9825 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9826
9827 if (!rslt)
9828 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9829 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9830
9831 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9832 }
9833 }
9834
9835 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9836
9837 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9838 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9839 {
9840 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9841 }
9842
9843 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9844 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9845 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9846 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9847 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9848 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9849
9850 static void
9851 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9852 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9853 char **rest)
9854 {
9855 *cond_string = NULL;
9856 *thread = -1;
9857 *task = 0;
9858 *rest = NULL;
9859
9860 while (tok && *tok)
9861 {
9862 const char *end_tok;
9863 int toklen;
9864 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9865 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9866
9867 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9868
9869 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9870 {
9871 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9872 return;
9873 }
9874
9875 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9876
9877 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9878
9879 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9880 {
9881 struct expression *expr;
9882
9883 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9884 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9885 xfree (expr);
9886 cond_end = tok;
9887 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9888 }
9889 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9890 {
9891 char *tmptok;
9892
9893 tok = end_tok + 1;
9894 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9895 if (tok == tmptok)
9896 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9897 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9898 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9899 tok = tmptok;
9900 }
9901 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9902 {
9903 char *tmptok;
9904
9905 tok = end_tok + 1;
9906 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9907 if (tok == tmptok)
9908 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9909 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9910 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9911 tok = tmptok;
9912 }
9913 else if (rest)
9914 {
9915 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9916 return;
9917 }
9918 else
9919 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9920 }
9921 }
9922
9923 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9924
9925 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9926 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9927 {
9928 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9929 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9930 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9931 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9932 char *endp;
9933 char *marker_str;
9934 int i;
9935
9936 p = skip_spaces (p);
9937
9938 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9939
9940 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9941 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9942
9943 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9944 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9945 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9946
9947 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9948 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9949
9950 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9951 {
9952 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9953
9954 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9955
9956 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9957
9958 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9959 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9960
9961 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9962 }
9963
9964 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9965
9966 *arg_p = endp;
9967 return sals;
9968 }
9969
9970 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9971 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9972 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9973 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9974 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9975 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9976 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9977 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9978 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9979 was created; false otherwise. */
9980
9981 int
9982 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9983 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9984 int thread, char *extra_string,
9985 int parse_arg,
9986 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9987 int ignore_count,
9988 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9989 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9990 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9991 unsigned flags)
9992 {
9993 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9994 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9995 char *addr_start = arg;
9996 struct linespec_result canonical;
9997 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9998 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9999 int pending = 0;
10000 int task = 0;
10001 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
10002
10003 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
10004
10005 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
10006
10007 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10008 {
10009 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
10010 addr_start, &copy_arg);
10011 }
10012
10013 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10014 switch (e.reason)
10015 {
10016 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
10017 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
10018 return 0;
10019 break;
10020 case RETURN_ERROR:
10021 switch (e.error)
10022 {
10023 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
10024
10025 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10026 error. */
10027
10028 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
10029 throw_exception (e);
10030
10031 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
10032
10033 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10034 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10035 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10036 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10037 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
10038 return 0;
10039
10040 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10041 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10042 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10043 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10044 {
10045 struct linespec_sals lsal;
10046
10047 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10048 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10049 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10050 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10051 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10052 pending = 1;
10053 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10054 }
10055 break;
10056 default:
10057 throw_exception (e);
10058 }
10059 break;
10060 default:
10061 throw_exception (e);
10062 }
10063
10064 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10065 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10066
10067 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10068 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10069 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10070 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10071 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10072
10073 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10074 are ok for the target. */
10075 if (!pending)
10076 {
10077 int ix;
10078 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10079
10080 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10081 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10082 }
10083
10084 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10085 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10086 {
10087 int ix;
10088 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10089
10090 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10091 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10092 }
10093
10094 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10095 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10096 breakpoint. */
10097 if (!pending)
10098 {
10099 if (parse_arg)
10100 {
10101 char *rest;
10102 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10103
10104 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10105
10106 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10107 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10108 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10109 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10110
10111 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10112 &thread, &task, &rest);
10113 if (cond_string)
10114 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10115 if (rest)
10116 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10117 if (rest)
10118 extra_string = rest;
10119 }
10120 else
10121 {
10122 if (*arg != '\0')
10123 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10124
10125 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10126 if (cond_string)
10127 {
10128 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10129 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10130 }
10131 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10132 if (extra_string)
10133 {
10134 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10135 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10136 }
10137 }
10138
10139 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10140 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10141 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10142 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10143 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10144 }
10145 else
10146 {
10147 struct breakpoint *b;
10148
10149 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10150
10151 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10152 {
10153 struct tracepoint *t;
10154
10155 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10156 b = &t->base;
10157 }
10158 else
10159 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10160
10161 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10162
10163 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10164 if (parse_arg)
10165 b->cond_string = NULL;
10166 else
10167 {
10168 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10169 if (cond_string)
10170 {
10171 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10172 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10173 }
10174 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10175 }
10176 b->extra_string = NULL;
10177 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10178 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10179 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10180 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10181 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10182 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10183 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10184
10185 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10186 }
10187
10188 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10189 {
10190 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10191 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10192 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10193 }
10194
10195 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10196 breakpoint. */
10197 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10198 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10199 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10200
10201 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10202 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10203
10204 return 1;
10205 }
10206
10207 /* Set a breakpoint.
10208 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10209 condition, and thread.
10210 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10211 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10212 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10213
10214 static void
10215 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10216 {
10217 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10218 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10219 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10220 : bp_breakpoint);
10221 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10222 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10223
10224 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10225 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10226 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10227 else
10228 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10229
10230 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10231 arg,
10232 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10233 tempflag, type_wanted,
10234 0 /* Ignore count */,
10235 pending_break_support,
10236 ops,
10237 from_tty,
10238 1 /* enabled */,
10239 0 /* internal */,
10240 0);
10241 }
10242
10243 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10244
10245 void
10246 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10247 {
10248 CORE_ADDR pc;
10249
10250 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10251 {
10252 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10253 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10254 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10255 sal->pc = pc;
10256
10257 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10258 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10259 if (sal->explicit_line)
10260 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10261 }
10262
10263 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10264 {
10265 const struct blockvector *bv;
10266 const struct block *b;
10267 struct symbol *sym;
10268
10269 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10270 if (bv != NULL)
10271 {
10272 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10273 if (sym != NULL)
10274 {
10275 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10276 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10277 }
10278 else
10279 {
10280 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10281 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10282 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10283 happen in assembly source). */
10284
10285 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10286 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10287
10288 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10289
10290 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10291 if (msym.minsym)
10292 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10293
10294 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10295 }
10296 }
10297 }
10298 }
10299
10300 void
10301 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10302 {
10303 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10304 }
10305
10306 void
10307 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10308 {
10309 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10310 }
10311
10312 static void
10313 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10314 {
10315 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10316 }
10317
10318 static void
10319 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10320 {
10321 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10322 }
10323
10324 static void
10325 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10326 {
10327 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10328 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10329 stop at <line>\n"));
10330 }
10331
10332 static void
10333 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10334 {
10335 int badInput = 0;
10336
10337 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10338 badInput = 1;
10339 else if (*arg != '*')
10340 {
10341 char *argptr = arg;
10342 int hasColon = 0;
10343
10344 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10345 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10346 function/method name. */
10347 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10348 {
10349 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10350 argptr++;
10351 }
10352
10353 if (hasColon)
10354 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10355 else
10356 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10357 }
10358
10359 if (badInput)
10360 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10361 else
10362 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10363 }
10364
10365 static void
10366 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10367 {
10368 int badInput = 0;
10369
10370 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10371 badInput = 1;
10372 else
10373 {
10374 char *argptr = arg;
10375 int hasColon = 0;
10376
10377 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10378 it is probably a line number. */
10379 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10380 {
10381 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10382 argptr++;
10383 }
10384
10385 if (hasColon)
10386 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10387 else
10388 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10389 }
10390
10391 if (badInput)
10392 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10393 else
10394 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10395 }
10396
10397 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10398 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10399 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10400 line. */
10401
10402 static void
10403 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10404 {
10405 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10406 arg,
10407 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10408 0, bp_dprintf,
10409 0 /* Ignore count */,
10410 pending_break_support,
10411 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10412 from_tty,
10413 1 /* enabled */,
10414 0 /* internal */,
10415 0);
10416 }
10417
10418 static void
10419 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10420 {
10421 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10422 }
10423
10424 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10425 ranged breakpoints. */
10426
10427 static int
10428 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10429 struct address_space *aspace,
10430 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10431 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10432 {
10433 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10434 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10435 return 0;
10436
10437 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10438 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10439 }
10440
10441 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10442 ranged breakpoints. */
10443
10444 static int
10445 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10446 {
10447 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10448 }
10449
10450 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10451 ranged breakpoints. */
10452
10453 static enum print_stop_action
10454 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10455 {
10456 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10457 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10458 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10459
10460 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10461
10462 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10463 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10464
10465 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10466 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10468 else
10469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10470 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10471 {
10472 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10473 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10474 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10475 }
10476 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10477 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10478
10479 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10480 }
10481
10482 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10483 ranged breakpoints. */
10484
10485 static void
10486 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10487 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10488 {
10489 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10490 struct value_print_options opts;
10491 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10492
10493 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10494 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10495
10496 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10497
10498 if (opts.addressprint)
10499 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10500 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10501 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10502 annotate_field (5);
10503 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10504 *last_loc = bl;
10505 }
10506
10507 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10508 ranged breakpoints. */
10509
10510 static void
10511 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10512 struct ui_out *uiout)
10513 {
10514 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10515 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10516 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10517 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10518
10519 gdb_assert (bl);
10520
10521 address_start = bl->address;
10522 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10523
10524 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10525 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10526 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10527 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10528 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10529 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10530
10531 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10532 }
10533
10534 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10535 ranged breakpoints. */
10536
10537 static void
10538 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10539 {
10540 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10541 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10542
10543 gdb_assert (bl);
10544 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10545
10546 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10547 return;
10548
10549 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10550 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10551 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10552 }
10553
10554 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10555 ranged breakpoints. */
10556
10557 static void
10558 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10559 {
10560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10561 b->addr_string_range_end);
10562 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10563 }
10564
10565 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10566
10567 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10568
10569 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10570 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10571 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10572 last instruction of the given line. */
10573
10574 static CORE_ADDR
10575 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10576 {
10577 CORE_ADDR end;
10578
10579 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10580 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10581 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10582 end = sal.pc;
10583 else
10584 {
10585 int ret;
10586 CORE_ADDR start;
10587
10588 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10589 if (!ret)
10590 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10591
10592 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10593 end--;
10594 }
10595
10596 return end;
10597 }
10598
10599 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10600
10601 static void
10602 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10603 {
10604 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10605 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10606 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10607 CORE_ADDR end;
10608 struct breakpoint *b;
10609 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10610 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10611 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10612
10613 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10614 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10615 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10616
10617 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10618 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10619 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10620 bp_count, 0);
10621 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10622 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10623
10624 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10625 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10626 error(_("No address range specified."));
10627
10628 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10629
10630 arg_start = arg;
10631 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10632
10633 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10634
10635 if (arg[0] != ',')
10636 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10637 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10638 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10639
10640 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10641
10642 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10643 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10644 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10645
10646 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10647 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10648 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10649
10650 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10651 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10652
10653 /* Parse the end location. */
10654
10655 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10656 arg_start = arg;
10657
10658 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10659 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10660 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10661 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10662 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10663 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10664 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10665 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10666
10667 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10668
10669 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10670 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10671
10672 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10673 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10674 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10675 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10676
10677 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10678 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10679 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10680
10681 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10682 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10683 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10684
10685 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10686 if (length < 0)
10687 /* Length overflowed. */
10688 error (_("Address range too large."));
10689 else if (length == 1)
10690 {
10691 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10692 the `hbreak' command. */
10693 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10694
10695 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10696
10697 return;
10698 }
10699
10700 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10701 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10702 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10703 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10704 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10705 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10706 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10707 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10708 b->loc->length = length;
10709
10710 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10711
10712 mention (b);
10713 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10715 }
10716
10717 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10718 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10719 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10720 zero. */
10721
10722 static int
10723 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10724 {
10725 int i = exp->nelts;
10726
10727 while (i > 0)
10728 {
10729 int oplenp, argsp;
10730
10731 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10732 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10733 i -= oplenp;
10734
10735 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10736 {
10737 case BINOP_ADD:
10738 case BINOP_SUB:
10739 case BINOP_MUL:
10740 case BINOP_DIV:
10741 case BINOP_REM:
10742 case BINOP_MOD:
10743 case BINOP_LSH:
10744 case BINOP_RSH:
10745 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10746 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10747 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10748 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10749 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10750 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10751 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10752 case BINOP_LESS:
10753 case BINOP_GTR:
10754 case BINOP_LEQ:
10755 case BINOP_GEQ:
10756 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10757 case BINOP_COMMA:
10758 case BINOP_EXP:
10759 case BINOP_MIN:
10760 case BINOP_MAX:
10761 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10762 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10763 case TERNOP_COND:
10764 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10765
10766 case OP_LONG:
10767 case OP_DOUBLE:
10768 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10769 case OP_LAST:
10770 case OP_COMPLEX:
10771 case OP_STRING:
10772 case OP_ARRAY:
10773 case OP_TYPE:
10774 case OP_TYPEOF:
10775 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10776 case OP_TYPEID:
10777 case OP_NAME:
10778 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10779
10780 case UNOP_NEG:
10781 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10782 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10783 case UNOP_ADDR:
10784 case UNOP_HIGH:
10785 case UNOP_CAST:
10786
10787 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10788 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10789 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10790 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10791 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10792 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10793 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10794
10795 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10796 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10797 ADDR is. */
10798 break;
10799
10800 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10801 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10802
10803 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10804 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10805 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10806 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10807
10808 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10809 are always constant. */
10810 {
10811 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10812
10813 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10814 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10815 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10816 return 0;
10817 break;
10818 }
10819
10820 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10821 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10822 then it is not a constant. */
10823 default:
10824 return 0;
10825 }
10826 }
10827
10828 return 1;
10829 }
10830
10831 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10832
10833 static void
10834 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10835 {
10836 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10837
10838 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10839 xfree (w->exp);
10840 xfree (w->exp_string);
10841 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10842 value_free (w->val);
10843
10844 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10845 }
10846
10847 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10848
10849 static void
10850 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10851 {
10852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10853
10854 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10855 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10856
10857 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10858 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10859 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10860 are loaded and unloaded.
10861
10862 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10863 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10864 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10865 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10866 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10867 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10868
10869 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10870 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10871 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10872 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10873
10874 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10875 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10876
10877 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10878 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10879 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10880 }
10881
10882 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10883
10884 static int
10885 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10886 {
10887 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10888 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10889
10890 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10891 w->cond_exp);
10892 }
10893
10894 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10895
10896 static int
10897 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10898 {
10899 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10900 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10901
10902 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10903 w->cond_exp);
10904 }
10905
10906 static int
10907 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10908 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10909 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10910 {
10911 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10912 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10913
10914 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10915 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10916 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10917 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10918 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10919 (did not match the data address). */
10920 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10921 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10922 return 0;
10923
10924 return 1;
10925 }
10926
10927 static void
10928 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10929 {
10930 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10931
10932 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10933 }
10934
10935 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10936 hardware watchpoints. */
10937
10938 static int
10939 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10940 {
10941 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10942 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10943
10944 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10945 }
10946
10947 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10948 hardware watchpoints. */
10949
10950 static int
10951 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10952 {
10953 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10954 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10955 }
10956
10957 static enum print_stop_action
10958 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10959 {
10960 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10961 struct breakpoint *b;
10962 struct ui_file *stb;
10963 enum print_stop_action result;
10964 struct watchpoint *w;
10965 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10966
10967 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10968
10969 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10970 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10971
10972 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10973 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10974
10975 switch (b->type)
10976 {
10977 case bp_watchpoint:
10978 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10979 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10980 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10981 ui_out_field_string
10982 (uiout, "reason",
10983 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10984 mention (b);
10985 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10986 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10987 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10988 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10990 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10991 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10993 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10994 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10995 break;
10996
10997 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10999 ui_out_field_string
11000 (uiout, "reason",
11001 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11002 mention (b);
11003 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11004 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11005 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11006 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
11007 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11008 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11009 break;
11010
11011 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11012 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
11013 {
11014 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11016 ui_out_field_string
11017 (uiout, "reason",
11018 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11019 mention (b);
11020 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
11022 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
11023 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
11024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
11025 }
11026 else
11027 {
11028 mention (b);
11029 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11030 ui_out_field_string
11031 (uiout, "reason",
11032 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11033 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11035 }
11036 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11037 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
11038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11039 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11040 break;
11041 default:
11042 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11043 }
11044
11045 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11046 return result;
11047 }
11048
11049 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11050 watchpoints. */
11051
11052 static void
11053 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11054 {
11055 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11056 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11057 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11058
11059 switch (b->type)
11060 {
11061 case bp_watchpoint:
11062 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11063 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11064 break;
11065 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11066 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11067 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11068 break;
11069 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11070 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11071 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11072 break;
11073 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11074 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11075 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11076 break;
11077 default:
11078 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11079 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11080 }
11081
11082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11083 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11085 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11086 }
11087
11088 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11089 watchpoints. */
11090
11091 static void
11092 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11093 {
11094 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11095
11096 switch (b->type)
11097 {
11098 case bp_watchpoint:
11099 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11101 break;
11102 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11103 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11104 break;
11105 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11107 break;
11108 default:
11109 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11110 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11111 }
11112
11113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11114 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11115 }
11116
11117 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11118 watchpoints. */
11119
11120 static int
11121 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11122 {
11123 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11124 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11125 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11126 return 0;
11127
11128 return 1;
11129 }
11130
11131 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11132
11133 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11134
11135 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11136 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11137
11138 static int
11139 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11140 {
11141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11142
11143 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11144 bl->watchpoint_type);
11145 }
11146
11147 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11148 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11149
11150 static int
11151 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11152 {
11153 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11154
11155 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11156 bl->watchpoint_type);
11157 }
11158
11159 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11160 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11161
11162 static int
11163 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11164 {
11165 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11166
11167 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11168 }
11169
11170 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11171 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11172
11173 static int
11174 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11175 {
11176 return 0;
11177 }
11178
11179 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11180 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11181
11182 static enum print_stop_action
11183 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11184 {
11185 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11186 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11187
11188 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11189 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11190
11191 switch (b->type)
11192 {
11193 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11194 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11195 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11196 ui_out_field_string
11197 (uiout, "reason",
11198 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11199 break;
11200
11201 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11203 ui_out_field_string
11204 (uiout, "reason",
11205 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11206 break;
11207
11208 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11209 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11210 ui_out_field_string
11211 (uiout, "reason",
11212 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11213 break;
11214 default:
11215 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11216 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11217 }
11218
11219 mention (b);
11220 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11221 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11222 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11223 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11224
11225 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11226 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11227 }
11228
11229 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11230 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11231
11232 static void
11233 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11234 struct ui_out *uiout)
11235 {
11236 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11237
11238 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11239 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11240
11241 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11242 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11243 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11244 }
11245
11246 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11247 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11248
11249 static void
11250 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11251 {
11252 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11253 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11254 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11255
11256 switch (b->type)
11257 {
11258 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11259 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11260 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11261 break;
11262 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11263 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11264 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11265 break;
11266 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11267 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11268 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11269 break;
11270 default:
11271 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11272 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11273 }
11274
11275 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11276 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11277 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11278 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11279 }
11280
11281 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11282 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11283
11284 static void
11285 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11286 {
11287 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11288 char tmp[40];
11289
11290 switch (b->type)
11291 {
11292 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11294 break;
11295 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11297 break;
11298 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11300 break;
11301 default:
11302 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11303 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11304 }
11305
11306 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11308 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11309 }
11310
11311 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11312
11313 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11314
11315 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11316
11317 static int
11318 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11319 {
11320 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11321 }
11322
11323 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11324 hw_read: watch read,
11325 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11326 static void
11327 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11328 int just_location, int internal)
11329 {
11330 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11331 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11332 struct expression *exp;
11333 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11334 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11335 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11336 struct frame_info *frame;
11337 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11338 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11339 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11340 int toklen = -1;
11341 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11342 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11343 enum bptype bp_type;
11344 int thread = -1;
11345 int pc = 0;
11346 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11347 the hardware watchpoint. */
11348 int use_mask = 0;
11349 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11350 struct watchpoint *w;
11351 char *expression;
11352 struct cleanup *back_to;
11353
11354 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11355 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11356 {
11357 const char *value_start;
11358
11359 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11360
11361 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11362 of the arguments string. */
11363 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11364 {
11365 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11366 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11367 tok--;
11368
11369 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11370 This is the value of the parameter. */
11371 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11372 tok--;
11373 value_start = tok + 1;
11374
11375 /* Skip whitespace. */
11376 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11377 tok--;
11378
11379 end_tok = tok;
11380
11381 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11382 This is the parameter itself. */
11383 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11384 tok--;
11385 tok++;
11386 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11387
11388 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11389 {
11390 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11391 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11392 only in a specific thread. */
11393 char *endp;
11394
11395 if (thread != -1)
11396 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11397
11398 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11399 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11400
11401 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11402 thread ID. */
11403 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11404 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11405
11406 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11407 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11408 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11409 }
11410 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11411 {
11412 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11413 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11414 facility. */
11415 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11416
11417 if (use_mask)
11418 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11419
11420 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11421
11422 mark = value_mark ();
11423 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11424 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11425 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11426 }
11427 else
11428 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11429 break;
11430
11431 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11432 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11433 exp_end = tok;
11434 }
11435 }
11436 else
11437 exp_end = arg;
11438
11439 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11440 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11441 ARG. */
11442 innermost_block = NULL;
11443 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11444 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11445 exp_start = arg = expression;
11446 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11447 exp_end = arg;
11448 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11449 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11450 prettier. */
11451 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11452 --exp_end;
11453
11454 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11455 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11456 {
11457 int len;
11458
11459 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11460 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11461 len--;
11462 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11463 }
11464
11465 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11466 mark = value_mark ();
11467 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11468
11469 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11470 {
11471 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11472 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11473 }
11474
11475 if (just_location)
11476 {
11477 int ret;
11478
11479 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11480 val = value_addr (result);
11481 release_value (val);
11482 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11483
11484 if (use_mask)
11485 {
11486 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11487 mask);
11488 if (ret == -1)
11489 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11490 else if (ret == -2)
11491 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11492 }
11493 }
11494 else if (val != NULL)
11495 release_value (val);
11496
11497 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11498 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11499
11500 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11501 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11502 {
11503 struct expression *cond;
11504
11505 innermost_block = NULL;
11506 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11507 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11508
11509 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11510 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11511 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11512
11513 xfree (cond);
11514 cond_end = tok;
11515 }
11516 if (*tok)
11517 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11518
11519 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11520
11521 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11522 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11523 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11524 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11525 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11526 {
11527 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11528 {
11529 scope_breakpoint
11530 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11531 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11532 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11533 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11534
11535 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11536
11537 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11538 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11539
11540 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11541 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11542
11543 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11544 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11545 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11546 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11547 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11548 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11549 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11550 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11551 scope_breakpoint->type);
11552 }
11553 }
11554
11555 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11556 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11557 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11558 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11559
11560 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11561 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11562 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11563 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11564 else
11565 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11566
11567 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11568 b = &w->base;
11569 if (use_mask)
11570 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11571 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11572 else
11573 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11574 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11575 b->thread = thread;
11576 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11577 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11578 w->exp = exp;
11579 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11580 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11581 if (just_location)
11582 {
11583 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11584 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11585 char *name;
11586
11587 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11588 name = type_to_string (t);
11589
11590 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11591 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11592 xfree (name);
11593
11594 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11595 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11596
11597 /* The above expression is in C. */
11598 b->language = language_c;
11599 }
11600 else
11601 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11602
11603 if (use_mask)
11604 {
11605 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11606 }
11607 else
11608 {
11609 w->val = val;
11610 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11611 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11612 w->val_valid = 1;
11613 }
11614
11615 if (cond_start)
11616 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11617 else
11618 b->cond_string = 0;
11619
11620 if (frame)
11621 {
11622 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11623 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11624 }
11625 else
11626 {
11627 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11628 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11629 }
11630
11631 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11632 {
11633 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11634 need to act on them together. */
11635 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11636 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11637 }
11638
11639 if (!just_location)
11640 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11641
11642 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11643 {
11644 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11645 that should be inserted. */
11646 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11647 }
11648 if (e.reason < 0)
11649 {
11650 delete_breakpoint (b);
11651 throw_exception (e);
11652 }
11653
11654 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11655 do_cleanups (back_to);
11656 }
11657
11658 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11659 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11660
11661 static int
11662 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11663 {
11664 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11665 struct value *head = v;
11666
11667 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11668 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11669 return 0;
11670
11671 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11672 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11673 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11674 hardware watchpoint.
11675
11676 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11677 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11678 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11679 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11680 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11681 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11682 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11683 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11684 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11685
11686 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11687 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11688 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11689 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11690 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11691 {
11692 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11693 {
11694 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11695 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11696 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11697 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11698 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11699 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11700 ;
11701 else
11702 {
11703 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11704 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11705 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11706
11707 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11708 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11709 middle of some value chain. */
11710 if (v == head
11711 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11712 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11713 {
11714 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11715 int len;
11716 int num_regs;
11717
11718 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11719 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11720 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11721
11722 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11723 if (!num_regs)
11724 return 0;
11725 else
11726 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11727 }
11728 }
11729 }
11730 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11731 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11732 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11733 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11734 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11735 }
11736
11737 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11738 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11739 return found_memory_cnt;
11740 }
11741
11742 void
11743 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11744 {
11745 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11746 }
11747
11748 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11749 calls watch_command_1. */
11750
11751 static void
11752 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11753 {
11754 int just_location = 0;
11755
11756 if (arg
11757 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11758 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11759 {
11760 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11761 just_location = 1;
11762 }
11763
11764 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11765 }
11766
11767 static void
11768 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11769 {
11770 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11771 }
11772
11773 void
11774 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11775 {
11776 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11777 }
11778
11779 static void
11780 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11781 {
11782 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11783 }
11784
11785 void
11786 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11787 {
11788 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11789 }
11790
11791 static void
11792 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11793 {
11794 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11795 }
11796 \f
11797
11798 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11799 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11800
11801 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11802 {
11803 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11804 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11805 int thread_num;
11806 };
11807
11808 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11809 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11810 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11811 command. */
11812 static void
11813 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11814 {
11815 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11816
11817 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11818 if (a->breakpoint2)
11819 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11820 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11821 }
11822
11823 void
11824 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11825 {
11826 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11827 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11828 struct frame_info *frame;
11829 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11830 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11831 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11832 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11833 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11834 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11835 int thread;
11836 struct thread_info *tp;
11837
11838 clear_proceed_status (0);
11839
11840 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11841 this function. */
11842
11843 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11844 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11845 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11846 get_last_displayed_line ());
11847 else
11848 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11849 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11850
11851 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11852 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11853
11854 sal = sals.sals[0];
11855 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11856
11857 if (*arg)
11858 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11859
11860 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11861
11862 tp = inferior_thread ();
11863 thread = tp->num;
11864
11865 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11866
11867 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11868 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11869 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11870 that. */
11871
11872 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11873 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11874 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11875 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11876
11877 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11878 one. */
11879
11880 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11881 {
11882 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11883
11884 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11885 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11886 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11887 sal2,
11888 caller_frame_id,
11889 bp_until);
11890 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11891
11892 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11893 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11894 }
11895
11896 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11897 frame = NULL;
11898
11899 if (anywhere)
11900 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11901 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11902 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11903 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11904 else
11905 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11906 only at the very same frame. */
11907 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11908 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11909 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11910
11911 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11912
11913 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11914 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11915 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11916 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11917
11918 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11919 {
11920 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11921 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11922
11923 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11924 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11925 args->thread_num = thread;
11926
11927 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11928 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11929 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11930 xfree);
11931 }
11932 else
11933 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11934 }
11935
11936 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11937 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11938
11939 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11940 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11941 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11942 if clause in the arg string. */
11943
11944 char *
11945 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11946 {
11947 char *cond_string;
11948
11949 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11950 return NULL;
11951
11952 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11953 (*arg) += 2;
11954
11955 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11956 condition string. */
11957 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11958 cond_string = *arg;
11959
11960 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11961 string. */
11962 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11963
11964 return cond_string;
11965 }
11966
11967 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11968 process start/exit, etc. */
11969
11970 typedef enum
11971 {
11972 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11973 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11974 }
11975 catch_fork_kind;
11976
11977 static void
11978 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11979 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11980 {
11981 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11982 char *cond_string = NULL;
11983 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11984 int tempflag;
11985
11986 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11987 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11988 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11989
11990 if (!arg)
11991 arg = "";
11992 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11993
11994 /* The allowed syntax is:
11995 catch [v]fork
11996 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11997
11998 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11999 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12000
12001 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12002 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12003
12004 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12005 and enable reporting of such events. */
12006 switch (fork_kind)
12007 {
12008 case catch_fork_temporary:
12009 case catch_fork_permanent:
12010 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12011 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
12012 break;
12013 case catch_vfork_temporary:
12014 case catch_vfork_permanent:
12015 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12016 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
12017 break;
12018 default:
12019 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12020 break;
12021 }
12022 }
12023
12024 static void
12025 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12026 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12027 {
12028 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
12029 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12030 int tempflag;
12031 char *cond_string = NULL;
12032
12033 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12034
12035 if (!arg)
12036 arg = "";
12037 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12038
12039 /* The allowed syntax is:
12040 catch exec
12041 catch exec if <cond>
12042
12043 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12044 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12045
12046 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12047 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12048
12049 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12050 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12051 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12052 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12053
12054 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12055 }
12056
12057 void
12058 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12059 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12060 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12061 char *addr_string,
12062 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12063 int tempflag,
12064 int enabled,
12065 int from_tty)
12066 {
12067 if (from_tty)
12068 {
12069 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12070 if (!loc_gdbarch)
12071 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12072
12073 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12074 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12075 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12076 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12077 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12078 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12079 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12080 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12081 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12082 enough for now, though. */
12083 }
12084
12085 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12086
12087 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12088 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12089 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12090 b->language = language_ada;
12091 }
12092
12093 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12094 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12095 static VEC(int) *
12096 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12097 {
12098 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12099 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12100
12101 while (*arg != '\0')
12102 {
12103 int i, syscall_number;
12104 char *endptr;
12105 char cur_name[128];
12106 struct syscall s;
12107
12108 /* Skip whitespace. */
12109 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12110
12111 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12112 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12113 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12114 arg += i;
12115
12116 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12117 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12118 if (*endptr == '\0')
12119 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
12120 else
12121 {
12122 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12123 to a number. */
12124 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
12125
12126 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12127 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12128 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12129 syscall number to be caught. */
12130 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12131 }
12132
12133 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12134 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12135 }
12136
12137 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12138 return result;
12139 }
12140
12141 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12142
12143 static void
12144 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12145 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12146 {
12147 int tempflag;
12148 VEC(int) *filter;
12149 struct syscall s;
12150 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12151
12152 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12153 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12154 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12155 this architecture yet."));
12156
12157 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12158
12159 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12160
12161 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12162 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12163 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12164 for his/her architecture. */
12165 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
12166
12167 /* The allowed syntax is:
12168 catch syscall
12169 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12170
12171 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12172
12173 if (arg != NULL)
12174 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12175 else
12176 filter = NULL;
12177
12178 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12179 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12180 }
12181
12182 static void
12183 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12184 {
12185 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12186 }
12187 \f
12188
12189 static void
12190 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12191 {
12192 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12193 }
12194
12195 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12196
12197 static int
12198 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12199 {
12200 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12201 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12202 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12203 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12204
12205 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12206 return -1;
12207 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12208 return 1;
12209
12210 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12211 the number 0. */
12212 if (ua < ub)
12213 return -1;
12214 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12215 }
12216
12217 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12218
12219 static void
12220 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12221 {
12222 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12223 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12224 int ix;
12225 int default_match;
12226 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12227 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12228 int i;
12229 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12230
12231 if (arg)
12232 {
12233 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12234 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12235 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12236 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12237 default_match = 0;
12238 }
12239 else
12240 {
12241 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12242 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12243 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12244 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12245
12246 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12247 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12248 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12249 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12250 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12251 error (_("No source file specified."));
12252
12253 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12254 sals.nelts = 1;
12255
12256 default_match = 1;
12257 }
12258
12259 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12260 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12261 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12262 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12263
12264 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12265 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12266 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12267 due to optimization, all in one block.
12268
12269 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12270 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12271 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12272 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12273 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12274 to support that. */
12275
12276 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12277 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12278 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12279 breakpoint. */
12280
12281 found = NULL;
12282 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12283 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12284 {
12285 const char *sal_fullname;
12286
12287 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12288 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12289 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12290 or at default pc.
12291
12292 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12293
12294 0 1 pc
12295 1 1 pc _and_ line
12296 0 0 line
12297 1 0 <can't happen> */
12298
12299 sal = sals.sals[i];
12300 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12301 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12302
12303 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12305 {
12306 int match = 0;
12307 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12308 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12309 {
12310 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12311 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12312 {
12313 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12314 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12315 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12316 && sal.pc
12317 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12318 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12319 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12320 || loc->section == sal.section));
12321 int line_match = 0;
12322
12323 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12324 && loc->symtab != NULL
12325 && sal_fullname != NULL
12326 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12327 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12328 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12329 sal_fullname) == 0)
12330 line_match = 1;
12331
12332 if (pc_match || line_match)
12333 {
12334 match = 1;
12335 break;
12336 }
12337 }
12338 }
12339
12340 if (match)
12341 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12342 }
12343 }
12344
12345 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12346 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12347 {
12348 if (arg)
12349 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12350 else
12351 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12352 }
12353
12354 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12355 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12356 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12357 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12358 compare_breakpoints);
12359 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12360 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12361 {
12362 if (b == prev)
12363 {
12364 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12365 --ix;
12366 }
12367 }
12368
12369 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12370 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12371 if (from_tty)
12372 {
12373 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12374 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12375 else
12376 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12377 }
12378
12379 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12380 {
12381 if (from_tty)
12382 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12383 delete_breakpoint (b);
12384 }
12385 if (from_tty)
12386 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12387
12388 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12389 }
12390 \f
12391 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12392 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12393 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12394
12395 void
12396 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12397 {
12398 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12399
12400 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12401 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12402 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12403 && bs->stop)
12404 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12405
12406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12407 {
12408 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12409 delete_breakpoint (b);
12410 }
12411 }
12412
12413 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12414 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12415 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12416 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12417 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12418 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12419
12420 static int
12421 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12422 {
12423 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12424 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12425 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12426 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12427 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12428
12429 if (a->address != b->address)
12430 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12431
12432 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12433 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12434 grouped. */
12435
12436 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12437 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12438 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12439
12440 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12441 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12442 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12443
12444 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12445 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12446 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12447
12448 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12449 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12450 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12451
12452 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12453 }
12454
12455 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12456 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12457 content of the bp_location array. */
12458
12459 static void
12460 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12461 {
12462 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12463
12464 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12465 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12466
12467 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12468 {
12469 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12470
12471 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12472 continue;
12473
12474 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12475 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12476
12477 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12478 addr = bl->address - start;
12479 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12480 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12481
12482 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12483
12484 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12485 addr = end - bl->address;
12486 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12487 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12488 }
12489 }
12490
12491 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12492
12493 static void
12494 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12495 {
12496 struct breakpoint *b;
12497 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12498
12499 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12500 return;
12501
12502 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12503
12504 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12505 {
12506 struct bp_location *bl;
12507 struct tracepoint *t;
12508 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12509
12510 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12511 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12512 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12513 continue;
12514
12515 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12516 {
12517 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12518 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12519 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12520 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12521 continue;
12522
12523 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12524
12525 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12526
12527 bl->inserted = 1;
12528 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12529 }
12530 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12531 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12532 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12533 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12534 }
12535
12536 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12537 }
12538
12539 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12540
12541 static void
12542 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12543 {
12544 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12545 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12546 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12547 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12548
12549 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12550 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12551 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12552 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12553 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12554
12555 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12556 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12557 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12558 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12559 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12560 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12561 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12562 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12563 }
12564
12565 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12566 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12567 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12568 the target. */
12569
12570 static void
12571 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12572 {
12573 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12574 struct bp_location *loc;
12575 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12576 int pspace_num;
12577
12578 address = bl->address;
12579 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12580
12581 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12582 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12583 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12584 side. */
12585 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12586 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12587 return;
12588
12589 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12590 the same program space as the location
12591 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12592 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12593 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12594 {
12595 loc = *loc2p;
12596
12597 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12598 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12599 continue;
12600
12601 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12602 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12603 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12604 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12605 that have already been marked. */
12606 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12607
12608 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12609 it later on. */
12610 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12611 {
12612 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12613 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12614 }
12615 }
12616 }
12617 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12618 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12619 locations are duplicate of which.
12620
12621 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12622 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12623 info. */
12624
12625 static void
12626 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12627 {
12628 struct breakpoint *b;
12629 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12630 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12631 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12632 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12633 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12634 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12635
12636 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12637 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12638 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12639 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12640 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12641 once. */
12642 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12643 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12644 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12645 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12646
12647 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12648 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12649 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12650 unsigned old_location_count;
12651
12652 old_location = bp_location;
12653 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12654 bp_location = NULL;
12655 bp_location_count = 0;
12656 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12657
12658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12659 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12660 bp_location_count++;
12661
12662 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12663 locp = bp_location;
12664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12665 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12666 *locp++ = loc;
12667 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12668 bp_location_compare);
12669
12670 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12671
12672 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12673 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12674 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12675 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12676 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12677 location.
12678
12679 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12680 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12681
12682 locp = bp_location;
12683 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12684 old_locp++)
12685 {
12686 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12687 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12688
12689 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12690 not, we have to free it. */
12691 int found_object = 0;
12692 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12693 int keep_in_target = 0;
12694 int removed = 0;
12695
12696 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12697 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12698 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12699 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12700 locp++;
12701
12702 for (loc2p = locp;
12703 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12704 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12705 loc2p++)
12706 {
12707 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12708 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12709 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12710 place there. */
12711 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12712 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12713 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12714 {
12715 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12716 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12717 }
12718
12719 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12720 found_object = 1;
12721 }
12722
12723 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12724 have to go through updates again. */
12725 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12726
12727 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12728 if (!found_object)
12729 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12730
12731 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12732 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12733 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12734 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12735 at certain location is not inserted. */
12736
12737 if (old_loc->inserted)
12738 {
12739 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12740 it. */
12741
12742 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12743 {
12744 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12745 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12746 keep_in_target = 1;
12747 }
12748 else
12749 {
12750 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12751 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12752 remove its target-side condition. */
12753
12754 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12755 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12756 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12757 this one from the target. */
12758
12759 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12760 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12761 {
12762 for (loc2p = locp;
12763 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12764 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12765 loc2p++)
12766 {
12767 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12768
12769 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12770 {
12771 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12772 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12773 supported, but the latter are. */
12774 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12775 {
12776 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12777 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12778 }
12779
12780 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12781 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12782 unduplicated. */
12783 if (loc2 != old_loc
12784 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12785 {
12786 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12787 keep_in_target = 1;
12788 break;
12789 }
12790 }
12791 }
12792 }
12793 }
12794
12795 if (!keep_in_target)
12796 {
12797 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12798 {
12799 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12800 this location on the global list, and try to
12801 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12802 reason why we will succeed next time.
12803
12804 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12805 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12806 only after calling us. */
12807 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12808 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12809 old_loc->owner->number);
12810 }
12811 removed = 1;
12812 }
12813 }
12814
12815 if (!found_object)
12816 {
12817 if (removed && non_stop
12818 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12819 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12820 {
12821 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12822 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12823 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12824 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12825 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12826 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12827 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12828 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12829 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12830 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12831 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12832 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12833 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12834 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12835 SIGTRAP.
12836
12837 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12838 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12839
12840 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12841 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12842 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12843 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12844 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12845 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12846 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12847 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12848 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12849 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12850 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12851 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12852 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12853 thread_count.
12854
12855 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12856 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12857 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12858 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12859
12860 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12861 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12862 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12863 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12864 traps we can no longer explain. */
12865
12866 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12867 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12868
12869 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12870 }
12871 else
12872 {
12873 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12874 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12875 }
12876 }
12877 }
12878
12879 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12880 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12881 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12882 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12883 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12884 are sorted first for the same address.
12885
12886 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12887 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12888
12889 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12890 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12891 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12892 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12893 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12894 {
12895 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12896 non-NULL. */
12897 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12898 b = loc->owner;
12899
12900 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12901 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12902 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12903 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12904 `struct bp_location'. */
12905 || is_tracepoint (b))
12906 {
12907 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12908 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12909 continue;
12910 }
12911
12912 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12913 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12914 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12915 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12916 "actually inserted"));
12917
12918 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12919 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12920 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12921 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12922 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12923 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12924 else
12925 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12926
12927 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12928 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12929 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12930 {
12931 *loc_first_p = loc;
12932 loc->duplicate = 0;
12933
12934 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12935 {
12936 loc->needs_update = 1;
12937 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12938 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12939 }
12940 continue;
12941 }
12942
12943
12944 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12945 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12946 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12947 if (loc->inserted)
12948 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12949 loc->duplicate = 1;
12950
12951 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12952 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12953
12954 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12955 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12956 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12957 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12958 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12959 }
12960
12961 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12962 {
12963 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12964 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12965 else
12966 {
12967 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12968 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12969 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12970 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12971 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12972 "needs_update". */
12973 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12974 }
12975 }
12976
12977 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12978 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12979
12980 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12981 }
12982
12983 void
12984 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12985 {
12986 struct bp_location *loc;
12987 int ix;
12988
12989 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12990 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12991 {
12992 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12993 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12994 --ix;
12995 }
12996 }
12997
12998 static void
12999 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
13000 {
13001 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13002
13003 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13004 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
13005 }
13006
13007 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13008
13009 static void
13010 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
13011 {
13012 bpstat bs;
13013
13014 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
13015 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
13016 {
13017 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
13018 bs->old_val = NULL;
13019 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13020 }
13021 }
13022
13023 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13024 static int
13025 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
13026 {
13027 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
13028
13029 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
13030 return 0;
13031 }
13032
13033 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13034 callbacks. */
13035
13036 static void
13037 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
13038 {
13039 struct value_print_options opts;
13040
13041 get_user_print_options (&opts);
13042
13043 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13044 single string. */
13045 if (b->loc == NULL)
13046 {
13047 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13048 }
13049 else
13050 {
13051 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13052 {
13053 printf_filtered (" at ");
13054 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13055 gdb_stdout);
13056 }
13057 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13058 {
13059 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13060 more nicely. */
13061 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13062 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13063 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13064 b->loc->line_number);
13065 else
13066 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13067 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13068 real situation somewhat. */
13069 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13070 }
13071
13072 if (b->loc->next)
13073 {
13074 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13075 int n = 0;
13076 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13077 ++n;
13078 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13079 }
13080 }
13081 }
13082
13083 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13084
13085 static void
13086 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13087 {
13088 xfree (self->cond);
13089 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13090 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13091 xfree (self->function_name);
13092
13093 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13094 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13095 }
13096
13097 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13098 {
13099 bp_location_dtor
13100 };
13101
13102 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13103 inherit from. */
13104
13105 static void
13106 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13107 {
13108 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13109 xfree (self->cond_string);
13110 xfree (self->extra_string);
13111 xfree (self->addr_string);
13112 xfree (self->filter);
13113 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13114 }
13115
13116 static struct bp_location *
13117 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13118 {
13119 struct bp_location *loc;
13120
13121 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13122 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13123 return loc;
13124 }
13125
13126 static void
13127 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13128 {
13129 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13130 }
13131
13132 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13133 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13134
13135 static int
13136 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13137 {
13138 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13139 }
13140
13141 static int
13142 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13143 {
13144 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13145 }
13146
13147 static int
13148 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13149 struct address_space *aspace,
13150 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13151 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13152 {
13153 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13154 }
13155
13156 static void
13157 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13158 {
13159 /* Always stop. */
13160 }
13161
13162 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13163 errors. */
13164
13165 static int
13166 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13167 {
13168 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13169 }
13170
13171 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13172 errors. */
13173
13174 static int
13175 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13176 {
13177 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13178 }
13179
13180 static enum print_stop_action
13181 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13182 {
13183 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13184 }
13185
13186 static void
13187 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13188 struct ui_out *uiout)
13189 {
13190 /* nothing */
13191 }
13192
13193 static void
13194 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13195 {
13196 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13197 }
13198
13199 static void
13200 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13201 {
13202 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13203 }
13204
13205 static void
13206 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13207 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13208 enum bptype type_wanted,
13209 char *addr_start,
13210 char **copy_arg)
13211 {
13212 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13213 }
13214
13215 static void
13216 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13217 struct linespec_result *c,
13218 char *cond_string,
13219 char *extra_string,
13220 enum bptype type_wanted,
13221 enum bpdisp disposition,
13222 int thread,
13223 int task, int ignore_count,
13224 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13225 int from_tty, int enabled,
13226 int internal, unsigned flags)
13227 {
13228 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13229 }
13230
13231 static void
13232 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13233 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13234 {
13235 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13236 }
13237
13238 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13239
13240 static int
13241 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13242 {
13243 return 1;
13244 }
13245
13246 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13247
13248 static void
13249 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13250 {
13251 /* Nothing to do. */
13252 }
13253
13254 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13255 {
13256 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13257 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13258 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13259 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13260 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13261 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13262 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13263 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13264 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13265 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13266 NULL,
13267 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13268 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13269 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13270 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13271 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13272 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13273 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13274 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13275 };
13276
13277 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13278
13279 static void
13280 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13281 {
13282 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13283 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13284 {
13285 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13286 delete_breakpoint (b);
13287 return;
13288 }
13289
13290 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13291 }
13292
13293 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13294 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13295 first. */
13296
13297 static void
13298 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info *dest,
13299 const struct bp_target_info *src)
13300 {
13301 dest->shadow_len = src->shadow_len;
13302 memcpy (dest->shadow_contents, src->shadow_contents, src->shadow_len);
13303 dest->placed_address = src->placed_address;
13304 dest->placed_size = src->placed_size;
13305 }
13306
13307 static int
13308 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13309 {
13310 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13311 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13312 &bl->target_info);
13313 else
13314 {
13315 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13316 int ret;
13317 int sss_slot;
13318
13319 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13320 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13321 sss_slot = find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13322 bp_tgt->reqstd_address);
13323 if (sss_slot >= 0)
13324 {
13325 struct bp_target_info *sss_bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[sss_slot];
13326
13327 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, sss_bp_tgt);
13328 return 0;
13329 }
13330
13331 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13332 }
13333 }
13334
13335 static int
13336 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13337 {
13338 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13339 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13340 else
13341 {
13342 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13343 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
13344 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->reqstd_address;
13345
13346 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13347 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13348 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13349 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, address))
13350 return 0;
13351
13352 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13353 }
13354 }
13355
13356 static int
13357 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13358 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13359 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13360 {
13361 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13362 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13363 return 0;
13364
13365 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13366 aspace, bp_addr))
13367 return 0;
13368
13369 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13370 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13371 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13372 return 0;
13373
13374 return 1;
13375 }
13376
13377 static int
13378 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13379 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13380 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13381 {
13382 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13383 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13384 {
13385 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13386 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13387 be set at the same address. */
13388 return 0;
13389 }
13390
13391 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13392 }
13393
13394 static int
13395 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13396 {
13397 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13398
13399 return 1;
13400 }
13401
13402 static enum print_stop_action
13403 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13404 {
13405 struct breakpoint *b;
13406 const struct bp_location *bl;
13407 int bp_temp;
13408 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13409
13410 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13411
13412 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13413 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13414
13415 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13416 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13417 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13418 bl->address,
13419 b->number, 1);
13420 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13421 if (bp_temp)
13422 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13423 else
13424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13425 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13426 {
13427 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13428 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13429 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13430 }
13431 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13432 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13433
13434 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13435 }
13436
13437 static void
13438 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13439 {
13440 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13441 return;
13442
13443 switch (b->type)
13444 {
13445 case bp_breakpoint:
13446 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13447 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13448 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13449 else
13450 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13451 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13452 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13453 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13454 break;
13455 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13456 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13457 break;
13458 case bp_dprintf:
13459 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13460 break;
13461 }
13462
13463 say_where (b);
13464 }
13465
13466 static void
13467 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13468 {
13469 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13471 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13473 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13474 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13475 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13476 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13478 else
13479 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13480 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13481
13482 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13483 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13484 }
13485
13486 static void
13487 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13488 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13489 enum bptype type_wanted,
13490 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13491 {
13492 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13493 addr_start, copy_arg);
13494 }
13495
13496 static void
13497 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13498 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13499 char *cond_string,
13500 char *extra_string,
13501 enum bptype type_wanted,
13502 enum bpdisp disposition,
13503 int thread,
13504 int task, int ignore_count,
13505 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13506 int from_tty, int enabled,
13507 int internal, unsigned flags)
13508 {
13509 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13510 cond_string, extra_string,
13511 type_wanted,
13512 disposition, thread, task,
13513 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13514 enabled, internal, flags);
13515 }
13516
13517 static void
13518 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13519 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13520 {
13521 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13522 }
13523
13524 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13525
13526 static void
13527 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13528 {
13529 switch (b->type)
13530 {
13531 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13532 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13533 case bp_overlay_event:
13534 case bp_longjmp_master:
13535 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13536 case bp_exception_master:
13537 delete_breakpoint (b);
13538 break;
13539
13540 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13541 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13542 case bp_shlib_event:
13543
13544 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13545 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13546 case bp_thread_event:
13547 break;
13548 }
13549 }
13550
13551 static void
13552 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13553 {
13554 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13555 {
13556 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13557 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13558 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13559 objects (among other things). */
13560 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13561 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13562 }
13563 else
13564 bs->stop = 0;
13565 }
13566
13567 static enum print_stop_action
13568 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13569 {
13570 struct breakpoint *b;
13571
13572 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13573
13574 switch (b->type)
13575 {
13576 case bp_shlib_event:
13577 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13578 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13579 to shlib event" message.) */
13580 print_solib_event (0);
13581 break;
13582
13583 case bp_thread_event:
13584 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13585 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13586 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13587 break;
13588
13589 case bp_overlay_event:
13590 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13591 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13592 break;
13593
13594 case bp_longjmp_master:
13595 /* These should never be enabled. */
13596 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13597 break;
13598
13599 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13600 /* These should never be enabled. */
13601 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13602 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13603 break;
13604
13605 case bp_exception_master:
13606 /* These should never be enabled. */
13607 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13608 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13609 break;
13610 }
13611
13612 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13613 }
13614
13615 static void
13616 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13617 {
13618 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13619 }
13620
13621 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13622
13623 static void
13624 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13625 {
13626 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13627 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13628 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13629 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13630 }
13631
13632 static void
13633 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13634 {
13635 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13636 }
13637
13638 static enum print_stop_action
13639 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13640 {
13641 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13642
13643 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13644 {
13645 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13646
13647 switch (b->type)
13648 {
13649 case bp_finish:
13650 ui_out_field_string
13651 (uiout, "reason",
13652 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13653 break;
13654
13655 case bp_until:
13656 ui_out_field_string
13657 (uiout, "reason",
13658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13659 break;
13660 }
13661 }
13662
13663 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13664 }
13665
13666 static void
13667 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13668 {
13669 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13670 }
13671
13672 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13673
13674 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13675 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13676
13677 static void
13678 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13679 {
13680 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13681
13682 if (tp)
13683 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13684
13685 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13686 }
13687
13688 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13689
13690 static int
13691 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13692 {
13693 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13694
13695 if (v == 0)
13696 {
13697 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13698 if needed. */
13699 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13700 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13701 bl->probe.objfile,
13702 bl->gdbarch);
13703 }
13704
13705 return v;
13706 }
13707
13708 static int
13709 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13710 {
13711 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13712 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13713 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13714 bl->probe.objfile,
13715 bl->gdbarch);
13716
13717 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13718 }
13719
13720 static void
13721 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13722 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13723 enum bptype type_wanted,
13724 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13725 {
13726 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13727
13728 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13729
13730 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13731 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13732
13733 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13734 }
13735
13736 static void
13737 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13738 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13739 {
13740 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13741 if (!sals->sals)
13742 error (_("probe not found"));
13743 }
13744
13745 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13746
13747 static void
13748 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13749 {
13750 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13751 }
13752
13753 static int
13754 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13755 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13756 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13757 {
13758 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13759 tracepoints. */
13760 return 0;
13761 }
13762
13763 static void
13764 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13765 struct ui_out *uiout)
13766 {
13767 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13768 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13769 {
13770 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13771
13772 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13773 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13774 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13775 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13776 }
13777 }
13778
13779 static void
13780 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13781 {
13782 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13783 return;
13784
13785 switch (b->type)
13786 {
13787 case bp_tracepoint:
13788 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13789 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13790 break;
13791 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13792 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13793 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13794 break;
13795 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13796 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13797 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13798 break;
13799 default:
13800 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13801 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13802 }
13803
13804 say_where (b);
13805 }
13806
13807 static void
13808 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13809 {
13810 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13811
13812 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13814 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13816 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13818 else
13819 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13820 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13821
13822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13823 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13824
13825 if (tp->pass_count)
13826 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13827 }
13828
13829 static void
13830 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13831 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13832 enum bptype type_wanted,
13833 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13834 {
13835 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13836 addr_start, copy_arg);
13837 }
13838
13839 static void
13840 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13841 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13842 char *cond_string,
13843 char *extra_string,
13844 enum bptype type_wanted,
13845 enum bpdisp disposition,
13846 int thread,
13847 int task, int ignore_count,
13848 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13849 int from_tty, int enabled,
13850 int internal, unsigned flags)
13851 {
13852 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13853 cond_string, extra_string,
13854 type_wanted,
13855 disposition, thread, task,
13856 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13857 enabled, internal, flags);
13858 }
13859
13860 static void
13861 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13862 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13863 {
13864 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13865 }
13866
13867 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13868
13869 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13870 static probe. */
13871
13872 static void
13873 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13874 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13875 enum bptype type_wanted,
13876 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13877 {
13878 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13879 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13880 addr_start, copy_arg);
13881 }
13882
13883 static void
13884 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13885 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13886 {
13887 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13888 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13889 }
13890
13891 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13892
13893 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13894
13895 static void
13896 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13897 {
13898 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13899
13900 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13901 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13902 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13903 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13904 resolved. */
13905 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13906 error (_("Format string required"));
13907
13908 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13909 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13910 3 - disconnect from target 1
13911 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13912
13913 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13914 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13915 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13916 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13917 it all the time. */
13918 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13919 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13920 }
13921
13922 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13923
13924 static void
13925 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13926 {
13927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13928 tp->extra_string);
13929 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13930 }
13931
13932 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13933 dprintf.
13934
13935 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13936 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13937 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13938 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13939 address are all handled. */
13940
13941 static void
13942 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13943 {
13944 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13945 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13946 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13947
13948 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13949 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13950 condition not be evaluated. */
13951 bs->stop = 0;
13952
13953 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13954 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13955 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13956 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13957 commands here throws. */
13958 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13959 bs->commands = NULL;
13960 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13961
13962 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13963
13964 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13965 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13966 list. */
13967 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13968 }
13969
13970 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13971 markers (`-m'). */
13972
13973 static void
13974 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13975 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13976 enum bptype type_wanted,
13977 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13978 {
13979 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13980
13981 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13982
13983 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13984
13985 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13986 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13987 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13988 }
13989
13990 static void
13991 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13992 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13993 char *cond_string,
13994 char *extra_string,
13995 enum bptype type_wanted,
13996 enum bpdisp disposition,
13997 int thread,
13998 int task, int ignore_count,
13999 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14000 int from_tty, int enabled,
14001 int internal, unsigned flags)
14002 {
14003 int i;
14004 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
14005 canonical->sals, 0);
14006
14007 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
14008 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
14009 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
14010 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
14011 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
14012 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
14013
14014 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
14015 {
14016 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
14017 struct tracepoint *tp;
14018 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14019 char *addr_string;
14020
14021 expanded.nelts = 1;
14022 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
14023
14024 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
14025 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
14026
14027 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
14028 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
14029 addr_string, NULL,
14030 cond_string, extra_string,
14031 type_wanted, disposition,
14032 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
14033 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
14034 canonical->special_display);
14035 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
14036 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
14037 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
14038 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
14039 try to match up which of the newly found markers
14040 corresponds to this one */
14041 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
14042
14043 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
14044
14045 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
14046 }
14047 }
14048
14049 static void
14050 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14051 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14052 {
14053 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14054
14055 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
14056 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
14057 {
14058 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
14059 sals->nelts = 1;
14060 }
14061 else
14062 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14063 }
14064
14065 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14066
14067 static int
14068 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
14069 {
14070 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14071 }
14072
14073 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14074 structures. */
14075
14076 void
14077 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14078 {
14079 struct breakpoint *b;
14080
14081 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
14082
14083 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14084 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14085 especial culprits.
14086
14087 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14088 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14089 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14090 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14091 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14092 deleted.
14093
14094 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14095 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14096 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14097 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14098 was chosen. */
14099 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14100 return;
14101
14102 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14103 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14104 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14105 {
14106 struct breakpoint *related;
14107 struct watchpoint *w;
14108
14109 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14110 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14111 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14112 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14113 else
14114 w = NULL;
14115 if (w != NULL)
14116 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14117
14118 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14119 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14120 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14121 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14122 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14123 }
14124
14125 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14126 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14127 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14128 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14129 if (bpt->number)
14130 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14131
14132 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14133 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14134
14135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14136 if (b->next == bpt)
14137 {
14138 b->next = bpt->next;
14139 break;
14140 }
14141
14142 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14143 been freed. */
14144 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14145 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14146 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14147 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14148 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14149 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14150 commands won't work. */
14151
14152 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14153
14154 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14155 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14156 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14157 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14158 might be better design to have location completely
14159 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14160 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14161
14162 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14163 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14164 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14165 bpt->type = bp_none;
14166 xfree (bpt);
14167 }
14168
14169 static void
14170 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14171 {
14172 delete_breakpoint (b);
14173 }
14174
14175 struct cleanup *
14176 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14177 {
14178 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14179 }
14180
14181 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14182 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14183
14184 static void
14185 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14186 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14187 void *),
14188 void *data)
14189 {
14190 struct breakpoint *related;
14191
14192 related = b;
14193 do
14194 {
14195 struct breakpoint *next;
14196
14197 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14198 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14199
14200 if (next == related)
14201 {
14202 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14203 function (related, data);
14204
14205 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14206 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14207 out. */
14208 break;
14209 }
14210 else
14211 function (related, data);
14212
14213 related = next;
14214 }
14215 while (related != b);
14216 }
14217
14218 static void
14219 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14220 {
14221 delete_breakpoint (b);
14222 }
14223
14224 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14225 delete_breakpoint. */
14226
14227 static void
14228 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14229 {
14230 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14231 }
14232
14233 void
14234 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14235 {
14236 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14237
14238 dont_repeat ();
14239
14240 if (arg == 0)
14241 {
14242 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14243
14244 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14245 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14246 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14247 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14248 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14249 {
14250 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14251 break;
14252 }
14253
14254 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14255 if (!from_tty
14256 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14257 {
14258 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14259 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14260 delete_breakpoint (b);
14261 }
14262 }
14263 else
14264 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14265 }
14266
14267 static int
14268 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14269 {
14270 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14271 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14272 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14273 return 0;
14274 return 1;
14275 }
14276
14277 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14278 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14279 Null names are ignored. */
14280
14281 static int
14282 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14283 {
14284 struct bp_location *l;
14285 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14286 (int (*) (const void *,
14287 const void *)) streq,
14288 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14289
14290 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14291 {
14292 const char **slot;
14293 const char *name = l->function_name;
14294
14295 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14296 if (name == NULL)
14297 continue;
14298
14299 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14300 INSERT);
14301 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14302 returns NULL. */
14303 if (*slot != NULL)
14304 {
14305 htab_delete (htab);
14306 return 1;
14307 }
14308 *slot = name;
14309 }
14310
14311 htab_delete (htab);
14312 return 0;
14313 }
14314
14315 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14316 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14317 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14318 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14319 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14320 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14321 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14322 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14323 The heuristic is:
14324
14325 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14326 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14327 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14328 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14329 in the sources, and output a warning.
14330
14331 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14332 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14333 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14334 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14335 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14336 warning.
14337
14338 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14339 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14340 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14341 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14342 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14343 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14344 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14345 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14346 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14347
14348 static struct symtab_and_line
14349 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14350 {
14351 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14352 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14353 CORE_ADDR pc;
14354
14355 pc = sal.pc;
14356 if (sal.line)
14357 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14358
14359 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14360 {
14361 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14362 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14363 b->number,
14364 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14365
14366 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14367 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14368 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14369
14370 return sal;
14371 }
14372
14373 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14374 by string ID. */
14375 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14376 && sal.line != 0
14377 && sal.symtab != NULL
14378 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14379 {
14380 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14381
14382 markers
14383 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14384
14385 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14386 {
14387 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14388 struct symbol *sym;
14389 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14391
14392 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14393
14394 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14395 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14396
14397 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14398 "found at previous line number"),
14399 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14400
14401 init_sal (&sal2);
14402
14403 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14404
14405 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14406 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14407 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14408 if (sym)
14409 {
14410 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14411 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14412 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14413 }
14414 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14415 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14416 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14417
14418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14419 {
14420 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14421
14422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14423 }
14424
14425 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14427
14428 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14429 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14430
14431 xfree (b->addr_string);
14432 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14433 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14434 b->loc->line_number);
14435
14436 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14437 so. */
14438
14439 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14440 }
14441 }
14442 return sal;
14443 }
14444
14445 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14446 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14447
14448 static int
14449 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14450 {
14451 while (a && b)
14452 {
14453 if (a->address != b->address)
14454 return 0;
14455
14456 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14457 return 0;
14458
14459 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14460 return 0;
14461
14462 a = a->next;
14463 b = b->next;
14464 }
14465
14466 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14467 return 0;
14468
14469 return 1;
14470 }
14471
14472 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14473 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14474 a ranged breakpoint. */
14475
14476 void
14477 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14478 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14479 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14480 {
14481 int i;
14482 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14483
14484 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14485 {
14486 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14487 location. */
14488 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14489 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14490 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14491 "multiple locations found\n"),
14492 b->number);
14493 return;
14494 }
14495
14496 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14497 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14498 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14499 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14500 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14501 individual locations. */
14502 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14503 return;
14504
14505 b->loc = NULL;
14506
14507 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14508 {
14509 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14510
14511 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14512
14513 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14514
14515 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14516 old symtab. */
14517 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14518 {
14519 const char *s;
14520 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14521
14522 s = b->cond_string;
14523 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14524 {
14525 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14526 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14527 0);
14528 }
14529 if (e.reason < 0)
14530 {
14531 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14532 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14533 b->number, e.message);
14534 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14535 }
14536 }
14537
14538 if (sals_end.nelts)
14539 {
14540 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14541
14542 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14543 }
14544 }
14545
14546 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14547 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14548 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14549
14550 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14551 breakpoints. */
14552 {
14553 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14554 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14555 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14556 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14557 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14558 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14559 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14560
14561 for (; e; e = e->next)
14562 {
14563 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14564 {
14565 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14566 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14567 {
14568 for (; l; l = l->next)
14569 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14570 {
14571 l->enabled = 0;
14572 break;
14573 }
14574 }
14575 else
14576 {
14577 for (; l; l = l->next)
14578 if (l->function_name
14579 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14580 {
14581 l->enabled = 0;
14582 break;
14583 }
14584 }
14585 }
14586 }
14587 }
14588
14589 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14590 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14591
14592 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14593 }
14594
14595 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14596 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14597
14598 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14599 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14600 {
14601 char *s;
14602 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14603 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14604
14605 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14606 s = addr_string;
14607
14608 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14609 {
14610 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14611 }
14612 if (e.reason < 0)
14613 {
14614 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14615 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14616 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14617 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14618 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14619 state, then user already saw the message about that
14620 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14621 errors. */
14622 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14623 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14624 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14625 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14626 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14627 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14628
14629 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14630 {
14631 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14632 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14633 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14634 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14635 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14636 which approach is better. */
14637 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14638 throw_exception (e);
14639 }
14640 }
14641
14642 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14643 {
14644 int i;
14645
14646 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14647 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14648 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14649 {
14650 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14651 int thread, task;
14652
14653 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14654 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14655 &extra_string);
14656 if (cond_string)
14657 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14658 b->thread = thread;
14659 b->task = task;
14660 if (extra_string)
14661 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14662 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14663 }
14664
14665 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14666 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14667
14668 *found = 1;
14669 }
14670 else
14671 *found = 0;
14672
14673 return sals;
14674 }
14675
14676 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14677 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14678 locations. */
14679
14680 static void
14681 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14682 {
14683 int found;
14684 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14685 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14686 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14687
14688 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14689 if (found)
14690 {
14691 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14692 expanded = sals;
14693 }
14694
14695 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14696 {
14697 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14698 if (found)
14699 {
14700 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14701 expanded_end = sals_end;
14702 }
14703 }
14704
14705 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14706 }
14707
14708 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14709 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14710
14711 static void
14712 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14713 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14714 enum bptype type_wanted,
14715 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14716 {
14717 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14718 }
14719
14720 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14721 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14722 breakpoint_ops. */
14723
14724 static void
14725 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14726 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14727 char *cond_string,
14728 char *extra_string,
14729 enum bptype type_wanted,
14730 enum bpdisp disposition,
14731 int thread,
14732 int task, int ignore_count,
14733 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14734 int from_tty, int enabled,
14735 int internal, unsigned flags)
14736 {
14737 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14738 extra_string,
14739 type_wanted, disposition,
14740 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14741 enabled, internal, flags);
14742 }
14743
14744 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14745 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14746
14747 static void
14748 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14749 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14750 {
14751 struct linespec_result canonical;
14752
14753 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14754 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14755 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14756 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14757 b->filter);
14758
14759 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14760 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14761
14762 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14763 {
14764 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14765
14766 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14767 *sals = lsal->sals;
14768 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14769 contents. */
14770 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14771 }
14772
14773 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14774 }
14775
14776 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14777
14778 static struct cleanup *
14779 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14780 {
14781 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14782
14783 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14784 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14785 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14786 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14787 set_language (b->language);
14788
14789 return cleanups;
14790 }
14791
14792 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14793 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14794 Unused in this case. */
14795
14796 static int
14797 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14798 {
14799 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14800 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14801 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14802
14803 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14804 b->ops->re_set (b);
14805 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14806 return 0;
14807 }
14808
14809 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14810 void
14811 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14812 {
14813 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14814 enum language save_language;
14815 int save_input_radix;
14816 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14817
14818 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14819 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14820 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14821
14822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14823 {
14824 /* Format possible error msg. */
14825 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14826 b->number);
14827 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14828 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14829 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14830 }
14831 set_language (save_language);
14832 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14833
14834 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14835
14836 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14837
14838 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14839 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14840 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14841 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14842 }
14843 \f
14844 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14845
14846 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14847 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14848 void
14849 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14850 {
14851 if (b->thread != -1)
14852 {
14853 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14854 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14855
14856 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14857 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14858 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14859 as well. */
14860 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14861 }
14862 }
14863
14864 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14865 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14866 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14867
14868 void
14869 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14870 {
14871 struct breakpoint *b;
14872
14873 if (count < 0)
14874 count = 0;
14875
14876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14877 if (b->number == bptnum)
14878 {
14879 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14880 {
14881 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14882 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14883 bptnum);
14884 return;
14885 }
14886
14887 b->ignore_count = count;
14888 if (from_tty)
14889 {
14890 if (count == 0)
14891 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14892 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14893 bptnum);
14894 else if (count == 1)
14895 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14896 bptnum);
14897 else
14898 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14899 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14900 count, bptnum);
14901 }
14902 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14903 return;
14904 }
14905
14906 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14907 }
14908
14909 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14910
14911 static void
14912 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14913 {
14914 char *p = args;
14915 int num;
14916
14917 if (p == 0)
14918 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14919
14920 num = get_number (&p);
14921 if (num == 0)
14922 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14923 if (*p == 0)
14924 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14925
14926 set_ignore_count (num,
14927 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14928 from_tty);
14929 if (from_tty)
14930 printf_filtered ("\n");
14931 }
14932 \f
14933 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14934 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14935
14936 static void
14937 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14938 void *),
14939 void *data)
14940 {
14941 int num;
14942 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14943 int match;
14944 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14945
14946 if (args == 0)
14947 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14948
14949 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14950
14951 while (!state.finished)
14952 {
14953 const char *p = state.string;
14954
14955 match = 0;
14956
14957 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14958 if (num == 0)
14959 {
14960 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14961 }
14962 else
14963 {
14964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14965 if (b->number == num)
14966 {
14967 match = 1;
14968 function (b, data);
14969 break;
14970 }
14971 if (match == 0)
14972 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14973 }
14974 }
14975 }
14976
14977 static struct bp_location *
14978 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14979 {
14980 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14981 char *p1;
14982 int bp_num;
14983 int loc_num;
14984 struct breakpoint *b;
14985 struct bp_location *loc;
14986
14987 *dot = '\0';
14988
14989 p1 = number;
14990 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14991 if (bp_num == 0)
14992 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14993
14994 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14995 if (b->number == bp_num)
14996 {
14997 break;
14998 }
14999
15000 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
15001 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
15002
15003 p1 = dot+1;
15004 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
15005 if (loc_num == 0)
15006 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
15007
15008 --loc_num;
15009 loc = b->loc;
15010 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
15011 ;
15012 if (!loc)
15013 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
15014
15015 return loc;
15016 }
15017
15018
15019 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
15020 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
15021 which ends with a period (no newline). */
15022
15023 void
15024 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15025 {
15026 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
15027 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
15028 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
15029 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
15030 return;
15031
15032 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
15033 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
15034 return;
15035
15036 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
15037
15038 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15039 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15040
15041 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15042 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15043 {
15044 struct bp_location *location;
15045
15046 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15047 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
15048 }
15049
15050 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15051
15052 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15053 }
15054
15055 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15056
15057 static void
15058 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15059 {
15060 disable_breakpoint (b);
15061 }
15062
15063 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15064 disable_breakpoint. */
15065
15066 static void
15067 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15068 {
15069 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15070 }
15071
15072 static void
15073 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15074 {
15075 if (args == 0)
15076 {
15077 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15078
15079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15080 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15081 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
15082 }
15083 else
15084 {
15085 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15086
15087 while (num)
15088 {
15089 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15090 {
15091 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15092
15093 if (loc)
15094 {
15095 if (loc->enabled)
15096 {
15097 loc->enabled = 0;
15098 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15099 }
15100 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15101 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15102 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15103 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15104 }
15105 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15106 }
15107 else
15108 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15109 num = extract_arg (&args);
15110 }
15111 }
15112 }
15113
15114 static void
15115 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15116 int count)
15117 {
15118 int target_resources_ok;
15119
15120 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15121 {
15122 int i;
15123 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15124 target_resources_ok =
15125 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15126 i + 1, 0);
15127 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15128 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15129 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15130 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15131 }
15132
15133 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15134 {
15135 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15136 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15137 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15138
15139 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15140 {
15141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15142
15143 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15144 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15145 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15146 }
15147 if (e.reason < 0)
15148 {
15149 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15150 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15151 bpt->number);
15152 return;
15153 }
15154 }
15155
15156 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
15157 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15158
15159 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15160
15161 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15162 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15163
15164 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15165 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15166 {
15167 struct bp_location *location;
15168
15169 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15170 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15171 }
15172
15173 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15174 bpt->enable_count = count;
15175 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15176
15177 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15178 }
15179
15180
15181 void
15182 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15183 {
15184 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15185 }
15186
15187 static void
15188 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15189 {
15190 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15191 }
15192
15193 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15194 enable_breakpoint. */
15195
15196 static void
15197 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15198 {
15199 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15200 }
15201
15202 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15203 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15204 in stopping the inferior. */
15205
15206 static void
15207 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15208 {
15209 if (args == 0)
15210 {
15211 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15212
15213 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15214 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15215 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15216 }
15217 else
15218 {
15219 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15220
15221 while (num)
15222 {
15223 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15224 {
15225 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15226
15227 if (loc)
15228 {
15229 if (!loc->enabled)
15230 {
15231 loc->enabled = 1;
15232 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15233 }
15234 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15235 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15236 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15237 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15238 }
15239 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15240 }
15241 else
15242 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15243 num = extract_arg (&args);
15244 }
15245 }
15246 }
15247
15248 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15249 breakpoints. */
15250
15251 struct disp_data
15252 {
15253 enum bpdisp disp;
15254 int count;
15255 };
15256
15257 static void
15258 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15259 {
15260 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15261
15262 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15263 }
15264
15265 static void
15266 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15267 {
15268 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15269
15270 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15271 }
15272
15273 static void
15274 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15275 {
15276 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15277 }
15278
15279 static void
15280 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15281 {
15282 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15283
15284 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15285 }
15286
15287 static void
15288 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15289 {
15290 int count = get_number (&args);
15291
15292 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15293 }
15294
15295 static void
15296 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15297 {
15298 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15299
15300 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15301 }
15302
15303 static void
15304 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15305 {
15306 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15307 }
15308 \f
15309 static void
15310 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15311 {
15312 }
15313
15314 static void
15315 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15316 {
15317 }
15318
15319 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15320 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15321 GDB itself. */
15322
15323 static void
15324 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15325 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15326 const bfd_byte *data)
15327 {
15328 struct breakpoint *bp;
15329
15330 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15331 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15332 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15333 {
15334 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15335
15336 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15337 {
15338 struct bp_location *loc;
15339
15340 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15341 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15342 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15343 && addr + len > loc->address)
15344 {
15345 value_free (wp->val);
15346 wp->val = NULL;
15347 wp->val_valid = 0;
15348 }
15349 }
15350 }
15351 }
15352
15353 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15354 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15355 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15356 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15357 someday. */
15358
15359 void *
15360 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15361 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15362 {
15363 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15364 struct bp_location *bl;
15365
15366 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15367
15368 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15369 bp_tgt->reqstd_address = pc;
15370
15371 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15372 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15373 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15374 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15375 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15376 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15377 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15378 as well. */
15379 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc);
15380 if (bl != NULL
15381 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15382 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15383 {
15384 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, &bl->target_info);
15385 return bp_tgt;
15386 }
15387
15388 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15389 {
15390 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15391 xfree (bp_tgt);
15392 return NULL;
15393 }
15394
15395 return bp_tgt;
15396 }
15397
15398 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15399 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15400
15401 int
15402 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15403 {
15404 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15405 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
15406 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->reqstd_address;
15407 struct bp_location *bl;
15408 int ret;
15409
15410 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, address);
15411
15412 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15413 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15414 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15415 if (bl == NULL)
15416 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15417 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15418 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15419 {
15420 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15421 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15422 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15423 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15424 ret = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
15425 }
15426 else
15427 ret = 0;
15428
15429 xfree (bp_tgt);
15430
15431 return ret;
15432 }
15433
15434 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15435
15436 void
15437 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15438 struct address_space *aspace,
15439 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15440 {
15441 void **bpt_p;
15442
15443 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15444 {
15445 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15446 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15447 }
15448 else
15449 {
15450 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15451 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15452 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15453 }
15454
15455 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15456 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15457 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15458 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15459 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15460 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15461
15462 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15463 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15464 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15465 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15466 }
15467
15468 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15469 were inserted or not. */
15470
15471 int
15472 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15473 {
15474 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15475 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15476 }
15477
15478 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15479
15480 void
15481 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15482 {
15483 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15484
15485 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15486 call. */
15487 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15488 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15489 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15490 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15491
15492 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15493 {
15494 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15495 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15496 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15497 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15498 }
15499 }
15500
15501 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15502 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15503 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15504 exec. */
15505
15506 void
15507 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15508 {
15509 int i;
15510
15511 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15512 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15513 {
15514 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15515 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15516 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15517 }
15518 }
15519
15520 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15521 removing them. */
15522
15523 static void
15524 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15525 {
15526 int i;
15527
15528 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15529 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15530 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15531 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15532 }
15533
15534 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15535 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15536
15537 static int
15538 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
15539 CORE_ADDR pc)
15540 {
15541 int i;
15542
15543 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15544 {
15545 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15546 if (bp_tgt
15547 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15548 bp_tgt->reqstd_address,
15549 aspace, pc))
15550 return i;
15551 }
15552
15553 return -1;
15554 }
15555
15556 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15557 PC. */
15558
15559 int
15560 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15561 CORE_ADDR pc)
15562 {
15563 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace, pc) >= 0;
15564 }
15565
15566 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15567 non-zero otherwise. */
15568 static int
15569 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15570 {
15571 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15572 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15573 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15574 return 1;
15575 else
15576 return 0;
15577 }
15578
15579 int
15580 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15581 {
15582 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15583 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15584
15585 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15586 }
15587
15588 int
15589 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15590 {
15591 struct breakpoint *bp;
15592
15593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15594 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15595 {
15596 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15597
15598 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15599 {
15600 int i, iter;
15601 for (i = 0;
15602 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15603 i++)
15604 if (syscall_number == iter)
15605 return 1;
15606 }
15607 else
15608 return 1;
15609 }
15610
15611 return 0;
15612 }
15613
15614 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15615 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15616 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15617 const char *text, const char *word)
15618 {
15619 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15620 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15621 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15622
15623 xfree (list);
15624 return retlist;
15625 }
15626
15627 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15628
15629 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15630 static void
15631 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15632 {
15633 tracepoint_count = num;
15634 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15635 }
15636
15637 static void
15638 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15639 {
15640 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15641 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15642
15643 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15644 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15645 else
15646 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15647
15648 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15649 arg,
15650 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15651 0 /* tempflag */,
15652 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15653 0 /* Ignore count */,
15654 pending_break_support,
15655 ops,
15656 from_tty,
15657 1 /* enabled */,
15658 0 /* internal */, 0);
15659 }
15660
15661 static void
15662 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15663 {
15664 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15665 arg,
15666 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15667 0 /* tempflag */,
15668 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15669 0 /* Ignore count */,
15670 pending_break_support,
15671 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15672 from_tty,
15673 1 /* enabled */,
15674 0 /* internal */, 0);
15675 }
15676
15677 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15678
15679 static void
15680 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15681 {
15682 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15683
15684 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15685 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15686 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15687 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15688 else
15689 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15690
15691 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15692 arg,
15693 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15694 0 /* tempflag */,
15695 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15696 0 /* Ignore count */,
15697 pending_break_support,
15698 ops,
15699 from_tty,
15700 1 /* enabled */,
15701 0 /* internal */, 0);
15702 }
15703
15704 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15705 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15706
15707 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15708 static int next_cmd;
15709
15710 static char *
15711 read_uploaded_action (void)
15712 {
15713 char *rslt;
15714
15715 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15716
15717 next_cmd++;
15718
15719 return rslt;
15720 }
15721
15722 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15723 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15724 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15725 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15726 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15727
15728 struct tracepoint *
15729 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15730 {
15731 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15732 struct tracepoint *tp;
15733
15734 if (utp->at_string)
15735 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15736 else
15737 {
15738 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15739 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15740 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15741 user. */
15742 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15743 "source location, using raw address"),
15744 utp->number);
15745 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15746 addr_str = small_buf;
15747 }
15748
15749 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15750 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15751 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15752 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15753 utp->number);
15754
15755 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15756 addr_str,
15757 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15758 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15759 0 /* tempflag */,
15760 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15761 0 /* Ignore count */,
15762 pending_break_support,
15763 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15764 0 /* from_tty */,
15765 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15766 0 /* internal */,
15767 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15768 return NULL;
15769
15770 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15771 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15772 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15773
15774 if (utp->pass > 0)
15775 {
15776 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15777 tp->base.number);
15778
15779 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15780 }
15781
15782 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15783 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15784 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15785 function. */
15786 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15787 {
15788 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15789
15790 this_utp = utp;
15791 next_cmd = 0;
15792
15793 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15794
15795 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15796 }
15797 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15798 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15799 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15800 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15801 utp->number);
15802
15803 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15804 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15805 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15806
15807 return tp;
15808 }
15809
15810 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15811 omitted. */
15812
15813 static void
15814 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15815 {
15816 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15817 int num_printed;
15818
15819 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15820
15821 if (num_printed == 0)
15822 {
15823 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15824 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15825 else
15826 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15827 }
15828
15829 default_collect_info ();
15830 }
15831
15832 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15833 Not supported by all targets. */
15834 static void
15835 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15836 {
15837 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15838 }
15839
15840 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15841 Not supported by all targets. */
15842 static void
15843 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15844 {
15845 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15846 }
15847
15848 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15849 static void
15850 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15851 {
15852 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15853
15854 dont_repeat ();
15855
15856 if (arg == 0)
15857 {
15858 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15859
15860 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15861 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15862 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15863 argument. */
15864 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15865 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15866 {
15867 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15868 break;
15869 }
15870
15871 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15872 if (!from_tty
15873 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15874 {
15875 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15876 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15877 delete_breakpoint (b);
15878 }
15879 }
15880 else
15881 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15882 }
15883
15884 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15885
15886 static void
15887 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15888 {
15889 tp->pass_count = count;
15890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15891 if (from_tty)
15892 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15893 tp->base.number, count);
15894 }
15895
15896 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15897
15898 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15899 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15900 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15901
15902 static void
15903 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15904 {
15905 struct tracepoint *t1;
15906 unsigned int count;
15907
15908 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15909 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15910 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15911
15912 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15913
15914 args = skip_spaces (args);
15915 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15916 {
15917 struct breakpoint *b;
15918
15919 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15920 if (*args)
15921 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15922
15923 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15924 {
15925 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15926 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15927 }
15928 }
15929 else if (*args == '\0')
15930 {
15931 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15932 if (t1)
15933 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15934 }
15935 else
15936 {
15937 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15938
15939 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15940 while (!state.finished)
15941 {
15942 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15943 if (t1)
15944 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15945 }
15946 }
15947 }
15948
15949 struct tracepoint *
15950 get_tracepoint (int num)
15951 {
15952 struct breakpoint *t;
15953
15954 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15955 if (t->number == num)
15956 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15957
15958 return NULL;
15959 }
15960
15961 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15962 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15963 reconnecting). */
15964
15965 struct tracepoint *
15966 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15967 {
15968 struct breakpoint *b;
15969
15970 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15971 {
15972 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15973
15974 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15975 return t;
15976 }
15977
15978 return NULL;
15979 }
15980
15981 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15982 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15983 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15984 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15985
15986 struct tracepoint *
15987 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15988 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15989 {
15990 struct breakpoint *t;
15991 int tpnum;
15992 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15993
15994 if (state)
15995 {
15996 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15997 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15998 }
15999 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
16000 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
16001 else
16002 tpnum = get_number (arg);
16003
16004 if (tpnum <= 0)
16005 {
16006 if (instring && *instring)
16007 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
16008 instring);
16009 else
16010 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
16011 return NULL;
16012 }
16013
16014 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
16015 if (t->number == tpnum)
16016 {
16017 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
16018 }
16019
16020 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
16021 return NULL;
16022 }
16023
16024 void
16025 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
16026 {
16027 if (b->thread != -1)
16028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
16029
16030 if (b->task != 0)
16031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
16032
16033 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
16034 }
16035
16036 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
16037 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
16038 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
16039 non-zero. */
16040
16041 static void
16042 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
16043 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
16044 {
16045 struct breakpoint *tp;
16046 int any = 0;
16047 struct cleanup *cleanup;
16048 struct ui_file *fp;
16049 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
16050
16051 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
16052 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
16053
16054 /* See if we have anything to save. */
16055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
16056 {
16057 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16058 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
16059 continue;
16060
16061 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16062 if (filter && !filter (tp))
16063 continue;
16064
16065 any = 1;
16066
16067 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
16068 {
16069 extra_trace_bits = 1;
16070
16071 /* We can stop searching. */
16072 break;
16073 }
16074 }
16075
16076 if (!any)
16077 {
16078 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
16079 return;
16080 }
16081
16082 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
16083 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
16084 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
16085 if (!fp)
16086 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
16087 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
16088 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
16089
16090 if (extra_trace_bits)
16091 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
16092
16093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
16094 {
16095 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16096 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
16097 continue;
16098
16099 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16100 if (filter && !filter (tp))
16101 continue;
16102
16103 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
16104
16105 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
16106 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
16107 instead. */
16108
16109 if (tp->cond_string)
16110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
16111
16112 if (tp->ignore_count)
16113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
16114
16115 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
16116 {
16117 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
16118
16119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
16120
16121 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
16122 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
16123 {
16124 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
16125 }
16126 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
16127
16128 if (ex.reason < 0)
16129 throw_exception (ex);
16130
16131 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
16132 }
16133
16134 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
16135 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
16136
16137 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
16138 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
16139 special, and not user visible. */
16140 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
16141 {
16142 struct bp_location *loc;
16143 int n = 1;
16144
16145 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
16146 if (!loc->enabled)
16147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
16148 }
16149 }
16150
16151 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
16152 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
16153
16154 if (from_tty)
16155 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
16156 do_cleanups (cleanup);
16157 }
16158
16159 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
16160
16161 static void
16162 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16163 {
16164 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
16165 }
16166
16167 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16168
16169 static void
16170 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16171 {
16172 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
16173 }
16174
16175 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16176
16177 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
16178 all_tracepoints (void)
16179 {
16180 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
16181 struct breakpoint *tp;
16182
16183 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
16184 {
16185 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
16186 }
16187
16188 return tp_vec;
16189 }
16190
16191 \f
16192 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16193 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16194 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16195 command. */
16196 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16197 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16198 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16199 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16200 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16201 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16202 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16203 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16204 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16205 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16206 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16207 \n\
16208 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16209 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16210 \n\
16211 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16212 conditions are different.\n\
16213 \n\
16214 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16215
16216 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16217 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16218
16219 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16220 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16221
16222 void
16223 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16224 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16225 completer_ftype *completer,
16226 void *user_data_catch,
16227 void *user_data_tcatch)
16228 {
16229 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16230
16231 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16232 &catch_cmdlist);
16233 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16234 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16235 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16236
16237 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16238 &tcatch_cmdlist);
16239 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16240 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16241 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16242 }
16243
16244 static void
16245 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16246 {
16247 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16248 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16249
16250 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16251 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16252 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16253 }
16254
16255 static void
16256 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16257 {
16258 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16259 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16260 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16261 }
16262
16263 struct breakpoint *
16264 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16265 void *data)
16266 {
16267 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16268
16269 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16270 {
16271 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16272 return b;
16273 }
16274
16275 return NULL;
16276 }
16277
16278 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16279 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16280
16281 static int
16282 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16283 {
16284 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16285 non-inline function. */
16286 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16287 return 1;
16288
16289 return 0;
16290 }
16291
16292 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16293 have been inlined. */
16294
16295 int
16296 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16297 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16298 {
16299 struct breakpoint *b;
16300 struct bp_location *bl;
16301
16302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16303 {
16304 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16305 continue;
16306
16307 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16308 {
16309 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16310 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16311 return 1;
16312 }
16313 }
16314
16315 return 0;
16316 }
16317
16318 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16319
16320 void
16321 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16322 {
16323 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16324
16325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16326 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16327 loc->symtab = NULL;
16328 }
16329
16330 void
16331 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16332 {
16333 static int initialized = 0;
16334
16335 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16336
16337 if (initialized)
16338 return;
16339 initialized = 1;
16340
16341 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16342 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16343 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16344 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16345 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16346 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16347 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16348 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16349 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16350 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16351 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16352 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16353
16354 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16355 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16356 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16357 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16358 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16359 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16360 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16361 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16362
16363 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16364 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16365 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16366 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16367 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16368 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16369 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16370 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16371 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16372 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16373
16374 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16375 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16376 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16377 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16378 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16379 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16380 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16381
16382 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16383 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16384 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16385 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16386 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16387 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16388 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16389
16390 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16391 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16392 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16393 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16394
16395 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16396 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16397 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16398 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16399 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16400 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16401 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16402
16403 /* Watchpoints. */
16404 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16405 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16406 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16407 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16408 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16409 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16410 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16411 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16412 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16413 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16414 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16415 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16416 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16417 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16418
16419 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16420 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16421 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16422 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16423 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16424 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16425 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16426 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16427 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16428 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16429 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16430
16431 /* Tracepoints. */
16432 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16433 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16434 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16435 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16436 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16437 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16438 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16439 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16440 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16441 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16442
16443 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16444 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16445 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16446 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16447 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16448
16449 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16450 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16451 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16452 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16453 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16454 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16455
16456 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16457 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16458 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16459 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16460 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16461 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16462 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16463 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16464 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16465 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16466
16467 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16468 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16469 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16470 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16471 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16472 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16473 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16474 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16475 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16476 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16477
16478 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16479 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16480 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16481 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16482 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16483 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16484 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16485 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16486 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16487 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16488 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16489
16490 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16491 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16492 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16493 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16494 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16495 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16496 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16497 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16498 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16499 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16500 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16501
16502 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16503 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16504 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16505 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16506 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16507 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16508 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16509 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16510 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16511 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16512 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16513 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16514
16515 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16516 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16517 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16518 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16519 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16520 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16521 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16522 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16523 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16524 }
16525
16526 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16527
16528 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16529
16530 void
16531 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16532 {
16533 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16534
16535 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16536
16537 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16538 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16539 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16540 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16541
16542 breakpoint_objfile_key
16543 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16544
16545 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16546 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16547 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16548
16549 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16550 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16551 before a breakpoint is set. */
16552 breakpoint_count = 0;
16553
16554 tracepoint_count = 0;
16555
16556 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16557 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16558 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16559 if (xdb_commands)
16560 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16561
16562 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16563 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16564 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16565 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16566 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16567 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16568 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16569 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16570
16571 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16572 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16573 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16574 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16575 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16576
16577 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16578 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16579 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16580 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16581 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16582 \n"
16583 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16584 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16585
16586 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16587 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16588 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16589 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16590 \n"
16591 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16592 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16593
16594 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16595 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16596 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16597 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16598 \n"
16599 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16600 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16601
16602 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16603 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16604 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16605 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16606 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16607 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16608 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16609 if (xdb_commands)
16610 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16611 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16612 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16613 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16614 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16615 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16616
16617 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16618
16619 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16620 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16621 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16622 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16623 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16624 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16625
16626 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16627 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16628 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16629 &enablebreaklist);
16630
16631 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16632 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16633 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16634 &enablebreaklist);
16635
16636 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16637 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16638 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16639 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16640 &enablebreaklist);
16641
16642 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16643 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16644 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16645 &enablelist);
16646
16647 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16648 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16649 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16650 &enablelist);
16651
16652 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16653 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16654 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16655 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16656 &enablelist);
16657
16658 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16659 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16660 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16661 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16662 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16663 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16664 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16665 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16666 if (xdb_commands)
16667 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16668 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16669 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16670 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16671 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16672
16673 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16674 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16675 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16676 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16677 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16678 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16679 &disablelist);
16680
16681 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16682 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16683 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16684 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16685 \n\
16686 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16687 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16688 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16689 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16690 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16691 if (xdb_commands)
16692 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16693 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16694 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16695 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16696
16697 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16698 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16699 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16700 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16701 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16702 &deletelist);
16703
16704 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16705 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16706 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16707 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16708 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16709 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16710 \n\
16711 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16712 is executing in.\n\
16713 \n\
16714 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16715 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16716
16717 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16718 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16719 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16720 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16721
16722 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16723 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16724 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16725 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16726
16727 if (xdb_commands)
16728 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16729
16730 if (dbx_commands)
16731 {
16732 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16733 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16734 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16735 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16736 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16737 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16738 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16739 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16740 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16741 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16742 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16743 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16744 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16745 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16746 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16747 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16748 \n\
16749 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16750 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16751 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16752 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16753 breakpoint set."));
16754 }
16755
16756 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16757 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16758 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16759 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16760 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16761 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16762 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16763 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16764 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16765 \n\
16766 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16767 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16768 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16769 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16770 breakpoint set."));
16771
16772 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16773
16774 if (xdb_commands)
16775 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16776 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16777 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16778 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16779 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16780 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16781 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16782 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16783 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16784 \n\
16785 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16786 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16787 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16788 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16789 breakpoint set."));
16790
16791 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16792 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16793 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16794 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16795 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16796 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16797 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16798 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16799 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16800 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16801 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16802 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16803 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16804 \n\
16805 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16806 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16807 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16808 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16809 breakpoint set."),
16810 &maintenanceinfolist);
16811
16812 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16813 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16814 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16815 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16816
16817 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16818 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16819 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16820 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16821
16822 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16823 catch_fork_command_1,
16824 NULL,
16825 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16826 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16827 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16828 catch_fork_command_1,
16829 NULL,
16830 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16831 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16832 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16833 catch_exec_command_1,
16834 NULL,
16835 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16836 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16837 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16838 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16839 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16840 catch_load_command_1,
16841 NULL,
16842 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16843 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16844 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16845 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16846 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16847 catch_unload_command_1,
16848 NULL,
16849 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16850 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16851 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16852 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16853 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16854 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16855 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16856 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16857 catch_syscall_command_1,
16858 catch_syscall_completer,
16859 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16860 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16861
16862 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16863 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16864 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16865 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16866 an expression changes.\n\
16867 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16868 the memory to which it refers."));
16869 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16870
16871 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16872 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16873 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16874 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16875 an expression is read.\n\
16876 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16877 the memory to which it refers."));
16878 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16879
16880 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16881 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16882 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16883 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16884 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16885 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16886 the memory to which it refers."));
16887 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16888
16889 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16890 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16891
16892 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16893 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16894 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16895 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16896 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16897 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16898 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16899 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16900 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16901 hardware.)"),
16902 NULL,
16903 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16904 &setlist, &showlist);
16905
16906 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16907
16908 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16909
16910 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16911 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16912 \n"
16913 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16914 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16915 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16916
16917 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16918 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16919 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16920 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16921
16922 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16923 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16924 \n"
16925 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16926 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16927 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16928
16929 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16930 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16931 \n\
16932 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16933 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16934 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16935 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16936 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16937 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16938 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16939 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16940 the selected stack frame.\n\
16941 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16942 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16943 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16944 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16945 \n\
16946 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16947 \n\
16948 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16949 conditions are different.\n\
16950 \n\
16951 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16952 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16953 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16954
16955 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16956 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16957 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16958 last tracepoint set."));
16959
16960 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16961
16962 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16963 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16964 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16965 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16966 &deletelist);
16967 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16968
16969 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16970 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16971 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16972 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16973 &disablelist);
16974 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16975
16976 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16977 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16978 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16979 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16980 &enablelist);
16981 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16982
16983 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16984 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16985 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16986 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16987 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16988
16989 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16990 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16991 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16992 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16993
16994 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16995 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16996 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16997 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16998 session to restore them."),
16999 &save_cmdlist);
17000 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
17001
17002 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
17003 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
17004 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
17005 &save_cmdlist);
17006 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
17007
17008 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
17009 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
17010
17011 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
17012 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17013 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17014 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17015 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
17016 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
17017 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
17018 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17019 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17020 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17021 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
17022 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
17023
17024 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
17025 &pending_break_support, _("\
17026 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17027 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17028 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
17029 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
17030 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
17031 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
17032 NULL,
17033 show_pending_break_support,
17034 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17035 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17036
17037 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
17038
17039 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
17040 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
17041 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17042 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17043 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
17044 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
17045 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
17046 NULL,
17047 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
17048 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17049 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17050
17051 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
17052 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
17053 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17054 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17055 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
17056 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
17057 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
17058 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
17059 when execution stops."),
17060 NULL,
17061 &show_always_inserted_mode,
17062 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17063 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17064
17065 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
17066 condition_evaluation_enums,
17067 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
17068 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17069 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17070 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
17071 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
17072 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
17073 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
17074 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
17075 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
17076 be set to \"gdb\""),
17077 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
17078 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
17079 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17080 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17081
17082 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
17083 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
17084 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
17085 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
17086 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
17087 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
17088 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
17089 or the start of the range\n\
17090 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
17091 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
17092 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
17093 \n\
17094 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
17095 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
17096 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
17097
17098 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
17099 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
17100 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
17101 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
17102 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
17103 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
17104 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
17105
17106 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
17107 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
17108 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17109 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17110 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
17111 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
17112 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
17113 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
17114 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
17115 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
17116 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17117 &setlist, &showlist);
17118
17119 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
17120 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
17121 &dprintf_function, _("\
17122 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17123 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
17124 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17125 &setlist, &showlist);
17126
17127 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
17128 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
17129 &dprintf_channel, _("\
17130 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17131 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
17132 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17133 &setlist, &showlist);
17134
17135 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
17136 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
17137 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17138 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17139 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
17140 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
17141 NULL,
17142 NULL,
17143 &setlist, &showlist);
17144
17145 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
17146 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
17147 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
17148
17149 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
17150
17151 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
17152 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
17153 }
This page took 0.45071 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.